{"title":"2nd Gen Toyota Pickup Parts | 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eShop parts and upgrades for the \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e, commonly known by enthusiasts as the \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e. Preserve Rad carries a growing selection of \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen Toyota Pickup parts\u003c\/strong\u003e covering interior restoration, suspension and steering, brakes, drivetrain and clutch components, cooling and engine parts, exterior accessories, chassis upgrades, and off-road performance products.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitment varies by model year, engine, drivetrain, transmission, cab configuration, and front suspension. Depending on application, these trucks were equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003e22R, 22RE, 22R-TE, or 3VZ-E\u003c\/strong\u003e, with both \u003cstrong\u003e2WD and 4WD\u003c\/strong\u003e configurations offered. The \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1985 4WD trucks use a solid front axle\u003c\/strong\u003e, while \u003cstrong\u003e1986–1988 4WD models use independent front suspension (IFS)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use the filters below to narrow the catalog and always verify each product listing before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"passenger-ac-vent-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Passenger A\/C Vent (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Passenger \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Passenger \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct replacement for the passenger-side dash vent used in \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal vents commonly become brittle, crack, or develop loose internal vanes that no longer hold their position. This reproduction vent is manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced internal structure and redesigned vanes for improved durability and controlled airflow adjustment while preserving the factory appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two different dash and vent configurations during these years. \u003cstrong\u003eVent selection must be based on the installed dash pocket style rather than the vehicle's model year alone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style passenger \/ corner A\/C vent reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced structure at common original vent failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedesigned internal vanes resist flopping or drifting out of position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth sliding airflow adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive layering minimizes visible print lines on the vent face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation with no trimming or drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEarly vs. Late Dash Vent Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToyota used two passenger-side vent designs. The correct version is determined by the \u003cstrong\u003edash pocket configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Model – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly found on \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the \u003cstrong\u003elong passenger-side pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePocket extends continuously from the center vent area toward the passenger-side vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Model – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly found on \u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989-style dashboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the \u003cstrong\u003eshort pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall pocket is positioned above the center vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the dashboard has been replaced or swapped, choose the vent based on the dash pocket style rather than the vehicle's model year.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Passenger \/ Corner Dash A\/C Vent – Select by Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Passenger \/ Corner Dash A\/C Vent – Select by Dash Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger-side \/ corner dash vent application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Early or Late vent based on the installed dash pocket style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle model year alone should not be used if the dashboard has been replaced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket dash caps must be removed before installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory metal retaining clips are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal metal retaining clips must be reused\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passenger \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passenger-Side Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Directional Internal Vanes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Location\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDash Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Model – Long Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger \/ corner A\/C vent for the early long-pocket dashboard configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes (1) passenger-side vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Model – Short Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger \/ corner A\/C vent for the late short-pocket dashboard configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes (1) passenger-side vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach selected configuration includes a \u003cstrong\u003epassenger side plastic A\/C vent\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eassembly \u003c\/strong\u003efor the chosen dash style and color. Original metal retaining clips are not included and must be reused.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Gray","offer_id":44993252000053,"sku":"071","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Brown","offer_id":44993252032821,"sku":"072","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Black","offer_id":44993252065589,"sku":"073","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Blue","offer_id":44993252131125,"sku":"075","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Red","offer_id":44993252098357,"sku":"074","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Gray","offer_id":45252861133109,"sku":"076","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Brown","offer_id":45252861296949,"sku":"077","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Black","offer_id":45252861460789,"sku":"078","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Blue","offer_id":45252861788469,"sku":"080","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Red","offer_id":45252861624629,"sku":"079","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_e0c430b1-0d34-4e31-b8ab-35bc07478d3a.png?v=1751659444"},{"product_id":"center-middle-ac-vent-1984-1989-toyota-4runner-1984-1988-pickup","title":"Center \/ Middle A\/C Vent (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCenter \/ Middle A\/C Vent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup center dash applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Preserve Rad Original center \/ middle A\/C vent is an OEM-style replacement for the factory center dash vent used in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups. The vent is 3D-printed from durable ABS plastic and retains the factory-style directional louvers and center-dash placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo dash configurations were used across these applications. The \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 option fits the early \/ long-pocket dash\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the \u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 option fits the late \/ short-pocket dash\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the dashboard has ever been replaced or swapped, use the installed dash pocket style as the final fitment check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreserve Rad Original OEM-style reproduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D-printed ABS plastic construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit center \/ middle dashboard location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced internal construction at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirectional internal louvers for airflow adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedesigned louver retention to reduce loose or drifting vent blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive print layering helps minimize visible layer lines on the vent face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent dash modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, and Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEarly vs. Late Dash Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 Variant – Early \/ Long-Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal early-style center vent configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed with the long passenger-side storage pocket layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 Variant – Late \/ Short-Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal late-style center vent configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed with the short storage pocket positioned above the center vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplies through 1989 for 4Runner and through 1988 for Pickup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the dashboard has been replaced or swapped, select the vent according to the installed pocket style rather than the vehicle model year alone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Center \/ Middle Dash A\/C Vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Center \/ Middle Dash A\/C Vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 variant:\u003c\/strong\u003e early \/ long-pocket dash style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 variant:\u003c\/strong\u003e late \/ short-pocket dash style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor 1987–1989 variants, Pickup fitment ends at 1988.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the installed dash pocket style as the final fitment check on vehicles with a replaced or swapped dashboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket dash caps must be removed before installation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory metal retaining clips are not included and must be reused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent dash modification is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preserve Rad\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preserve Rad Original\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Center \/ Middle A\/C Vent\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Center Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Directional Internal Louvers\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompleting the Dashboard Vent Restoration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the center vent is the only damaged piece, it can be replaced on its own while retaining the original corner vents. For dashboards with multiple cracked, loose, or faded vents, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/complete-ac-vent-set-1984-1989-toyota-4runner-1984-1988-pickup\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete A\/C Vent Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e replaces the center and both corner vents together so the visible vent assemblies match in style and finish. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/driver-side-ac-vent-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver Side A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/passenger-ac-vent-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassenger A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e are also available individually when only one corner vent needs replacement. These are optional restoration choices and are not required for installation of the center vent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYear \/ Dash Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984-1986 – Early \/ Long-Pocket Dash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987-1989 – Late \/ Short-Pocket Dash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach selected configuration includes \u003cstrong\u003e(1) center \/ middle A\/C vent assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e in the chosen year range and color. Factory metal retaining clips are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Gray","offer_id":45239886119221,"sku":"058","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Brown","offer_id":45239886151989,"sku":"059","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Black","offer_id":45239886184757,"sku":"060","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Blue","offer_id":45239886250293,"sku":"062","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Red","offer_id":45239886217525,"sku":"061","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Gray","offer_id":45245514219829,"sku":"063","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Brown","offer_id":45245514580277,"sku":"064","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Black","offer_id":45245514940725,"sku":"065","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Blue","offer_id":45245515661621,"sku":"067","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Red","offer_id":45245515301173,"sku":"066","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_0a17626b-b904-4d7b-8bed-c7bc5180e543.png?v=1751403732"},{"product_id":"toyota-oem-heater-ac-control-indicator-lens-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Toyota OEM Heater A\/C Control Indicator Lens (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Heater Control Indicator Lens (A\/C Plate)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Heater Control Indicator Lens\u003c\/strong\u003e, commonly referred to as the \u003cstrong\u003eA\/C plate\u003c\/strong\u003e, is a direct replacement for the factory HVAC control lens used in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver time, the original lens can become faded, yellowed, cracked, or damaged, reducing the clarity and even illumination of the heater and A\/C control graphics. This genuine Toyota replacement restores the original appearance, light diffusion, and visibility of the HVAC control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause this is a \u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota component\u003c\/strong\u003e, it retains the factory fit and appearance without requiring modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota\u003c\/strong\u003e heater control indicator lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommonly known as the \u003cstrong\u003eA\/C plate\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestores factory heater and A\/C control illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains proper icon visibility and light distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original HVAC control lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreserves factory dash appearance and fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing cracked, faded, yellowed, or missing original lenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional green LED backlight upgrade available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Green LED Backlight Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn optional \u003cstrong\u003egreen LED backlight bulb\u003c\/strong\u003e is available for customers who want improved HVAC control illumination while retaining the original Toyota-style green appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LED provides brighter illumination than the original incandescent bulb and can improve nighttime visibility without changing the factory-inspired color of the control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacing the bulb while the A\/C plate is being installed is also convenient since the HVAC control area is already being accessed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Heater \/ A\/C Control Indicator Lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Heater \/ A\/C Control Indicator Lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the factory heater and A\/C control indicator lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls in the original HVAC control location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional green LED bulb is available as an upgrade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulb replacement is recommended while the HVAC control assembly is accessible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Toyota\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heater \/ A\/C Control Indicator Lens\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e A\/C Plate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dashboard HVAC Control Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine OEM\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e HVAC Control Illumination and Icon Display\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Location\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA\/C Plate Only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Genuine OEM Toyota heater control indicator lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA\/C Plate + Green LED Upgrade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Genuine OEM Toyota heater control indicator lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Green LED HVAC backlight bulb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Toyota","offers":[{"title":"Yes","offer_id":46258661556533,"sku":"069","price":10.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"No","offer_id":46258661589301,"sku":"068","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/HVAC_f8d1ec9f-8dee-4dab-add6-2944ac7e2699.png?v=1741628960"},{"product_id":"oem-style-toyota-steering-wheel-emblem-decal-1987-88-pickup-1987-89-4runner","title":"OEM-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Emblem Decal (1987-89 4Runner \/ 1987-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Emblem Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1987–1988 Toyota Pickup with Domed Steering Wheel Emblem\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Emblem Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement for the factory-style decal used on late 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup steering wheels equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003edomed “TOYOTA” center emblem\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal steering wheel decals can fade, peel, crack, or disappear over time, leaving the center emblem looking incomplete. This replacement restores the original-style lettering, dimensions, and appearance while using a durable clear domed construction and high-bond adhesive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe decal measures \u003cstrong\u003e8 mm tall × 49 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e and is designed specifically for the curved domed steering wheel emblem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style \u003cstrong\u003e“TOYOTA”\u003c\/strong\u003e steering wheel emblem decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the factory-style \u003cstrong\u003edomed steering wheel emblem\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasures \u003cstrong\u003e8 mm tall × 49 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear poly-domed construction for added depth and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright metallic silver lettering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplicates the original-style Toyota font, spacing, and proportions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-bond adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to resist peeling, fading, and cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation with no trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Steering Wheel with Domed “TOYOTA” Emblem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Steering Wheel with Domed “TOYOTA” Emblem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits only steering wheels equipped with the domed “TOYOTA” center emblem\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not fit flat or non-domed steering wheel emblem designs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed steering wheel and emblem style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the existing emblem surface thoroughly before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly across the curved surface to ensure complete adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steering Wheel Emblem Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steering Wheel Center Emblem\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLettering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metallic Silver\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear Domed Finish\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 mm Tall × 49 mm Wide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive Backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style “TOYOTA” steering wheel emblem decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47575315448117,"sku":"101","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-1_cfc05bfc-3a51-4286-892c-bc416c0541c3.png?v=1783986190"},{"product_id":"transfer-case-knob-decal-1984-1989-toyota-4runner-1984-1988-pickup","title":"Transfer Case Knob Decal OEM-Style (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup 4WD with 21.5 mm Flat-Top Manual Transfer Case Knob\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement for the factory-style transfer case knob decal used on classic Toyota 4WD models equipped with a manual transfer case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to restore the appearance of faded, damaged, or missing originals, the decal recreates the period-correct shift pattern, green color tone, and dimensional appearance of the original design. Its \u003cstrong\u003e21.5 mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the intended factory flat-top transfer case knob application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clear poly-domed surface, chrome-like base layer, and translucent green coloring provide the depth and finish needed for an OEM-style interior restoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style manual transfer case shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExact \u003cstrong\u003e21.5 mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for factory-style \u003cstrong\u003eflat-top transfer case shift knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear poly-domed construction for added depth and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChrome-like base layer with translucent coloring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeriod-correct \u003cstrong\u003egreen hue\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecreates the original-style Toyota transfer case shift pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-bond all-weather adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation with no trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – 4WD – Manual Transfer Case – 21.5 mm Flat-Top Transfer Case Knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – 4WD – Manual Transfer Case – 21.5 mm Flat-Top Transfer Case Knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor manual transfer case applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003e21.5 mm flat-top transfer case knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for factory domed transfer case shift knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic transfer case configurations did not use this decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean and dry the knob surface thoroughly before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly across the entire decal surface to ensure proper adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transfer Case Shift Knob\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Transfer Case\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.5 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear Poly-Domed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green with Chrome-Like Base\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive Backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style transfer case shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46335984992565,"sku":"104","price":7.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/transfer_case.png?v=1783985721"},{"product_id":"transfer-case-shift-pattern-decal-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Transfer Case Shift Pattern Decal OEM-Style (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style Transfer Gear Shifting Instructions Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup 4WD with manual transmission and manual locking hubs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis OEM-style transfer gear shifting instructions decal restores the factory-style instruction label used inside the glovebox on classic Toyota 4WD models. It reproduces the original transfer-case operating information for vehicles equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003emanual transmission and manual locking hubs\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a clean replacement for a faded, damaged, or missing original decal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe decal is printed on durable vinyl and finished with a satin laminate for added surface protection. At approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5 inches wide by 1.5 inches tall\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is sized for the original glovebox application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style transfer gear shifting instruction decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the factory glovebox location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor manual-transmission and manual-locking-hub applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinted vinyl construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSatin laminated finish for added protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 5 in. wide × 1.5 in. tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdhesive-backed installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Manual transmission – Manual locking hubs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – 4WD – Manual transmission – Manual locking hubs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the transfer gear shifting instruction configuration used with \u003cstrong\u003emanual transmission and manual locking hubs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended to replace the different instruction decals used with automatic transmissions or automatic locking hubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls in the factory glovebox decal location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean and dry the application surface before installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transfer Gear Shifting Instructions Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glovebox\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Printed Vinyl\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin Laminate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 in. × 1.5 in.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive Backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMatching Shift Pattern Decals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a more complete factory-style interior restoration, this glovebox instruction decal can be paired with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/transfer-case-knob-decal-1984-1989-toyota-4runner-1984-1988-pickup\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransfer Case Knob Decal OEM-Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, which restores the shift pattern on the factory-style transfer-case knob. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/toyota-5-speed-shift-pattern-decal-flat-top\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5-Speed Shift Pattern Decal OEM-Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e is also available for supported flat-top manual transmission shift knobs. These are separate, optional restoration decals and are not required for installation of the glovebox instruction decal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style transfer gear shifting instructions decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46336267682101,"sku":"102","price":13.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/ChatGPT_Image_Jul_13_2026_08_37_11_PM.png?v=1783989468"},{"product_id":"toyota-5-speed-shift-pattern-decal-flat-top","title":"5-Speed Shift Pattern Decal OEM-Style","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style 5-Speed Shift Pattern Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Flat-Top Toyota Manual Shift Knobs – 24 mm \u0026amp; 30 mm Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style 5-Speed Shift Pattern Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement for flat-top Toyota manual transmission shift knobs with worn, faded, or missing gear-pattern inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to recreate the original-style 5-speed gear layout and appearance, the decal uses a clear poly-domed surface over a reflective chrome-style base with translucent gear numbering and an opaque \u003cstrong\u003e“R”\u003c\/strong\u003e for reverse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable for \u003cstrong\u003e24 mm and 30 mm flat-top shift knob applications\u003c\/strong\u003e, it provides a clean restoration option without requiring trimming or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style \u003cstrong\u003e5-speed manual shift pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for flat-top Toyota manual shift knobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003e24 mm and 30 mm sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear poly-domed construction for depth and surface protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChrome-style reflective base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTranslucent gear numbering with opaque \u003cstrong\u003e“R”\u003c\/strong\u003e marking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-bond all-weather adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Manual Transmission Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Toyota vehicles equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eflat-top OEM-style manual shift knob\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable for \u003cstrong\u003e24 mm and 30 mm shift knob decal diameters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-top manual shift knobs only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for factory domed shift knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the required decal diameter before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean and dry the knob surface thoroughly before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply firm, even pressure to ensure full adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-Speed Shift Pattern Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Transmission Shift Knob\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-Speed Manual Transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 mm, 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear Poly-Domed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome-Style Reflective\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGear Markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Translucent with Opaque “R”\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive Backing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) 24 mm OEM-style 5-speed shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) 30 mm OEM-style 5-speed shift pattern decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"24mm","offer_id":51124509638965,"sku":"106","price":7.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30mm","offer_id":51124509671733,"sku":"273","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-3_e0fd753a-9a17-4b26-afdb-071530a2b628.png?v=1783985003"},{"product_id":"driver-side-ac-vent-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Driver Side A\/C Vent (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDriver Side A\/C Vent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup driver-side dashboard applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Preserve Rad Original driver-side A\/C vent is an OEM-style replacement for the factory corner dash vent used in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups. The vent is 3D-printed from durable ABS plastic and retains the factory-style directional louvers and dashboard appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo dashboard configurations were used across these applications. The \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 option fits the early \/ long-pocket dash\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the \u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 option fits the late \/ short-pocket dash\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the dashboard has ever been replaced or swapped, use the installed dash pocket style as the final fitment check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreserve Rad Original OEM-style reproduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D-printed ABS plastic construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit driver-side \/ corner dashboard location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced construction at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirectional internal louvers for airflow adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedesigned louver retention helps reduce loose or drifting vent blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive print layering helps minimize visible layer lines on exposed surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent dash modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, and Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEarly vs. Late Dash Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 Variant – Early \/ Long-Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal early-style driver-side vent configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed with the long passenger-side storage pocket layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 Variant – Late \/ Short-Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal late-style driver-side vent configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed with the short storage pocket positioned above the center vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplies through 1989 for 4Runner and through 1988 for Pickup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the dashboard has been replaced or swapped, select the vent according to the installed pocket style rather than the vehicle model year alone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Driver-Side \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Driver-Side \/ Corner A\/C Vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 variant:\u003c\/strong\u003e early \/ long-pocket dash style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 variant:\u003c\/strong\u003e late \/ short-pocket dash style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor the 1987–1989 variant, Toyota Pickup fitment ends at 1988.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the installed dash pocket style as the final fitment check on vehicles with a replaced or swapped dashboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket dash caps must be removed before installation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory metal retaining clips are not included and must be reused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent dash modification is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preserve Rad\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preserve Rad Original\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver Side A\/C Vent\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver-Side Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Directional Internal Louvers\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompleting the Dashboard Vent Restoration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe driver-side vent can be replaced by itself, while the complete set and matching center or passenger vents are useful when multiple dashboard vents need restoration. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/complete-ac-vent-set-1984-1989-toyota-4runner-1984-1988-pickup\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete A\/C Vent Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — replace the center and corner vents together. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/center-middle-ac-vent-1984-1989-toyota-4runner-1984-1988-pickup\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCenter \/ Middle A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — matching center-dash vent. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/passenger-ac-vent-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassenger A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — matching passenger-side corner vent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYear \/ Dash Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984-1986 – Early \/ Long-Pocket Dash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987-1989 – Late \/ Short-Pocket Dash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach selected configuration includes \u003cstrong\u003e(1) driver-side A\/C vent assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e in the chosen year range and color. Factory metal retaining clips are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Gray","offer_id":46533787189557,"sku":"091","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Brown","offer_id":46533787386165,"sku":"092","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Black","offer_id":46533787582773,"sku":"093","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Blue","offer_id":46533787975989,"sku":"095","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Red","offer_id":46533787779381,"sku":"094","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Gray","offer_id":46533787287861,"sku":"096","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Brown","offer_id":46533787484469,"sku":"097","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Black","offer_id":46533787681077,"sku":"098","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Blue","offer_id":46533788074293,"sku":"100","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Red","offer_id":46533787877685,"sku":"099","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_9dd3c84f-6f32-4200-89b2-90cccebc6b71.png?v=1751654408"},{"product_id":"complete-ac-vent-set-1984-1989-toyota-4runner-1984-1988-pickup","title":"Complete A\/C Vent Set (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eComplete A\/C Vent Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup — select by installed dash style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Preserve Rad Original complete A\/C vent set replaces the factory dashboard vents used in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups. The vent assemblies are 3D-printed from durable ABS plastic and retain the factory-style directional louvers and dashboard appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo dash configurations were used across these applications. The \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 option fits the early \/ long-pocket dash\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the \u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 option fits the late \/ short-pocket dash\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the dashboard has ever been replaced or swapped, use the installed dash pocket style as the final fitment check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreserve Rad Original OEM-style reproduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete dashboard A\/C vent replacement set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D-printed \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirectional internal louvers for airflow adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRedesigned louver retention helps reduce loose or drifting vent blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive print layering helps minimize visible layer lines on exposed surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent dash modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, and Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEarly vs. Late Dash Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 Variant – Early \/ Long-Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal early-style dashboard vent configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger-side storage pocket extends from the center vent area toward the passenger-side vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 Variant – Late \/ Short-Pocket Dash\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal late-style dashboard vent configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall storage pocket is positioned above the center vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplies through 1989 for 4Runner and through 1988 for Pickup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the dashboard has been replaced or swapped, select the vent set according to the installed pocket style rather than the vehicle model year alone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll applications require:\u003c\/strong\u003e selection of the vent-set variant that matches the installed dashboard pocket style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Complete dashboard A\/C vent set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Complete dashboard A\/C vent set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1986 variant:\u003c\/strong\u003e early \/ long-pocket dash style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1987–1989 variant:\u003c\/strong\u003e late \/ short-pocket dash style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor the 1987–1989 variant, Toyota Pickup fitment ends at 1988.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the installed dash pocket style as the final fitment check on vehicles with a replaced or swapped dashboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket dash caps must be removed before installation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory metal retaining clips are not included and must be reused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, drilling, or permanent dash modification is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preserve Rad\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preserve Rad Original\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Complete A\/C Vent Set\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Directional Internal Louvers\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndividual A\/C Vent Replacements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete vent set is intended for dashboards needing all visible vent assemblies replaced together. If only one vent is damaged, the matching individual replacements are available separately. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/driver-side-ac-vent-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver Side A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — individual driver-side corner vent replacement. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/center-middle-ac-vent-1984-1989-toyota-4runner-1984-1988-pickup\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCenter \/ Middle A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — individual center-dash vent replacement. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/passenger-ac-vent-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassenger A\/C Vent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — individual passenger-side corner vent replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYear \/ Dash Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984-1986 – Early \/ Long-Pocket Dash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987-1989 – Late \/ Short-Pocket Dash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach selected configuration includes the \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete set of plastic A\/C vent assemblies\u003c\/strong\u003e for the chosen dash style and color. Factory metal retaining clips are not included and must be reused.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Gray","offer_id":47193008636213,"sku":"081","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Brown","offer_id":47193008832821,"sku":"082","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Black","offer_id":47193009029429,"sku":"083","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Blue","offer_id":47193009455413,"sku":"085","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1984-1986 \/ Red","offer_id":47193009226037,"sku":"084","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Gray","offer_id":47193008734517,"sku":"086","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Brown","offer_id":47193008931125,"sku":"087","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Black","offer_id":47193009127733,"sku":"088","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Blue","offer_id":47193009553717,"sku":"090","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1987-1989 \/ Red","offer_id":47193009357109,"sku":"089","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/darker_gray.png?v=1751140362"},{"product_id":"oem-style-22re-valve-cover-decal","title":"OEM-Style 22RE Valve Cover Decal","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style 22RE Valve Cover Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Toyota Vehicles Equipped with the Fuel-Injected 22RE Engine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style 22RE Valve Cover Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement designed to restore the factory-style appearance of Toyota valve covers used with the fuel-injected 22RE engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal engine decals can fade, peel, become oil-stained, or disappear during valve cover refinishing and engine service. This replacement recreates the original proportions and brushed-metal appearance while using modern polyester construction for improved durability in the engine bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe decal measures \u003cstrong\u003e37 mm tall × 63 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e and is laminated to help protect the printed surface from moisture, oil, and general wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style \u003cstrong\u003e22RE valve cover decal\u003c\/strong\u003e reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Toyota vehicles equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003efuel-injected 22RE engine\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasures \u003cstrong\u003e37 mm tall × 63 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality polyester construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat resistant up to \u003cstrong\u003e300°F\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrushed aluminum-style finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaminated for added protection against moisture, oil, and wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdhesive-backed installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for valve cover refinishing and engine-bay restorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEngine Application\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToyota vehicles equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003e22RE 2.4L fuel-injected engine\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis decal is identified by engine application rather than a specific Toyota chassis or model year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003e22RE valve cover applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply only to a clean, dry, and fully degreased surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest installed after any valve cover painting or refinishing is complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply firm, even pressure across the decal to ensure proper adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the valve cover uses the corresponding factory-style decal location before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Valve Cover Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEngine Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Toyota 22RE\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushed Aluminum-Style\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laminated\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 300°F\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37 mm Tall × 63 mm Wide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive-Backed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style 22RE valve cover decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47249583997237,"sku":"107","price":8.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/oem-style-22re-valve-cover-decal-01.png?v=1789860692"},{"product_id":"22re-fuse-box-decal-1984-1989-toyota-4runner-1984-1988-pickup","title":"22RE Fuse Box Decal OEM-Style (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style 22RE Fuse Box Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with 22RE Engine and 15A HAZ-HORN Fuse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style 22RE Fuse Box Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement for Toyota engine-bay fuse box covers equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003e15A HAZ-HORN fuse configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal fuse box labels can fade, peel, stain, or become damaged after decades of under-hood exposure. This replacement recreates the factory-style fuse layout, labeling, dimensions, and \u003cstrong\u003egreen color\u003c\/strong\u003e while using durable polyester film and a protective satin laminate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause Toyota used different fuse labeling configurations, \u003cstrong\u003everify that your existing fuse box uses a 15A HAZ-HORN fuse before ordering.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style 22RE fuse box decal reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect \u003cstrong\u003efactory green\u003c\/strong\u003e appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003e15A HAZ-HORN fuse configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReproduces the original-style fuse layout and labeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable polyester film construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective satin laminate for an OEM-style sheen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to fading, moisture, and routine engine-bay cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – 22RE Engine – Fuse Box with 15A HAZ-HORN Fuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – 22RE Engine – Fuse Box with 15A HAZ-HORN Fuse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e22RE applications with a 15A HAZ-HORN fuse only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the fuse box labeling and HAZ-HORN fuse amperage before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply to a clean, dry, and oil-free fuse box cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dirt, grease, and adhesive residue before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply firm, even pressure across the decal for proper adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fuse Box Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEngine Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Toyota 22RE\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuse Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15A HAZ-HORN\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Green\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester Film\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin Laminated\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style 22RE fuse box decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47583695241525,"sku":"137","price":13.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/ChatGPTImageJul13_2026_09_15_06PM.png?v=1783991735"},{"product_id":"sr5-molded-door-cups-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"SR5 Molded Door Cups (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Molded Door Cups\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Molded Door Cups\u003c\/strong\u003e are direct-fit replacements for the plastic door cups used with late-model SR5 molded door panels in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal door cups commonly crack, fade, or break with age, particularly around thin structural areas. These replacements retain the original-style profile while using durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and reinforced construction to address common failure points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese door cups are designed specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e and install using the factory mounting locations without cutting, drilling, or permanent modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style SR5 molded door cup reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced construction at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing process minimizes visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully reversible installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable individually or as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced OEM-Style Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reproduction design maintains the original SR5 door cup profile while strengthening several areas that are prone to cracking or breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended and thickened bottom ridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll four sidewalls increased to \u003cstrong\u003edouble thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid upper lip\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the original hollow-style construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefined 3D-printed surface for a cleaner installed appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese structural changes improve durability without changing the intended mounting location or overall factory-style appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Door Cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Door Cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor late-model SR5 molded door panels only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation is fully reversible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR5 Molded Door Cup\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Quantities:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single, Pair\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) SR5 molded door cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) SR5 molded door cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Single \/ Gray","offer_id":47596502745397,"sku":"111","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Brown","offer_id":47596502778165,"sku":"112","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Black","offer_id":47596502876469,"sku":"113","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Blue","offer_id":47596502843701,"sku":"115","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Red","offer_id":47596502810933,"sku":"114","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Gray","offer_id":47596502909237,"sku":"116","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Brown","offer_id":47596502942005,"sku":"117","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Black","offer_id":47596503040309,"sku":"118","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Blue","offer_id":47596503007541,"sku":"120","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair \/ Red","offer_id":47596502974773,"sku":"119","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/singledoorcupblack.png?v=1752017363"},{"product_id":"sr5-molded-door-bezels-handle-surrounds-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"SR5 Molded Door Bezels \u0026 Handle Surrounds (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Door Bezels \u0026amp; Handle Surrounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Door Bezels \u0026amp; Handle Surrounds\u003c\/strong\u003e are direct-fit replacements for the plastic trim pieces used on late-model SR5 molded door panels in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal bezels and interior door handle surrounds commonly crack, fade, or break after decades of use. These reproductions retain the factory-style shape and appearance while using durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced construction at common failure points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the original pieces, which secure the mounting screws directly into plastic, these reproductions use \u003cstrong\u003ereinforced metal nutserts at the screw mounting points\u003c\/strong\u003e. This provides a stronger, more durable threaded mounting point and helps prevent the cracking and stripping that can occur with the original plastic mounting design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e, the components install using the original mounting locations without cutting, drilling, or trimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style SR5 molded door bezel and handle surround reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003elate-model SR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced at common original failure points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal nutserts replace the original screw-into-plastic mounting design for increased strength and durability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing process reduces visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Mounting Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original trim pieces rely on mounting screws threading directly into plastic, which can weaken, crack, or strip after repeated removal and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese reproductions reinforce the screw mounting points with \u003cstrong\u003emetal nutserts\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating a durable threaded connection between the mounting hardware and the trim piece. This upgraded design provides greater mounting strength than the original plastic threads while retaining the factory mounting locations and OEM-style appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Door Interior Trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Door Interior Trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor late-model SR5 molded door panels only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware is included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation is fully reversible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR5 Door Bezel \u0026amp; Interior Door Handle Surround\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Reinforcement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal Nutserts\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver Side, Passenger Side, Full Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side molded door bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side door handle surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassenger Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side molded door bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side door handle surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side molded door bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side molded door bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side door handle surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side door handle surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Gray \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230639413,"sku":"132","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250287413,"sku":"186","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250320181,"sku":"191","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230672181,"sku":"133","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250352949,"sku":"187","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250385717,"sku":"192","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230704949,"sku":"134","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250418485,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250451253,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230770485,"sku":"136","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250549557,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250582325,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ FULL SET","offer_id":48153230737717,"sku":"135","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Driver Side","offer_id":49726250484021,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Passenger Side","offer_id":49726250516789,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_dual.png?v=1773353021"},{"product_id":"22r-valve-cover-decal","title":"22R Valve Cover Decal","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style 22R Valve Cover Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Toyota Vehicles Equipped with the Carbureted 22R Engine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style 22R Valve Cover Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction replacement designed to restore the factory-style appearance of Toyota valve covers equipped with the carbureted 22R engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal decals commonly fade, peel, become oil-stained, or disappear during valve cover refinishing and engine service. This replacement recreates the original proportions, typography, and brushed-aluminum appearance while using modern polyester construction for improved durability in the engine bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring \u003cstrong\u003e40 mm tall × 70 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, the decal provides a period-correct finishing detail for restorations, engine refreshes, and clean driver builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style \u003cstrong\u003e22R valve cover decal\u003c\/strong\u003e reproduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Toyota vehicles equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003ecarbureted 22R engine\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasures \u003cstrong\u003e40 mm tall × 70 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable polyester film construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat resistant up to \u003cstrong\u003e300°F\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrushed aluminum-style finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to fading, oil exposure, and routine engine-bay cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToyota vehicles equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003ecarbureted 22R engine\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis decal is identified by engine application rather than a specific Toyota chassis or model year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor carbureted 22R applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply only to a clean, dry, and oil-free valve cover surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dirt, grease, and adhesive residue before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest installed after any valve cover painting or refinishing is complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply firm, even pressure to ensure proper adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Valve Cover Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEngine Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Toyota 22R\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester Film\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushed Aluminum-Style\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 300°F\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm Tall × 70 mm Wide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style 22R valve cover decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48433857954101,"sku":"153","price":8.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/ChatGPTImageJul13_2026_09_04_29PM.png?v=1783991088"},{"product_id":"toyota-oem-tailgate-rattle-stoppers-pair-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Toyota OEM Tailgate Rattle Stoppers | Pair (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\u003c\/strong\u003e replace worn, hardened, or missing factory stoppers that can allow the tailgate straps to rattle against the body while driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese small factory components act as buffers for the tailgate strap system, helping restore the quiet, secure operation Toyota originally intended. They are genuine Toyota parts and install directly in the original mounting locations without cutting, drilling, or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003etwo tailgate rattle stoppers\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a complete set for one vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps eliminate tailgate strap rattles and unwanted rear-body noise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces worn, hardened, damaged, or missing factory stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestores the original tailgate strap buffering function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully reversible installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a complete pair for one vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the factory tailgate strap system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces the original tailgate rattle stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo stoppers are required for one complete vehicle set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tailgate Rattle Stoppers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tailgate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine OEM Toyota\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Genuine OEM Toyota tailgate rattle stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete set for one vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Toyota","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48886497476917,"sku":"158","price":16.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/tailgaterattlestopper.png?v=1734122861"},{"product_id":"sr5-molded-door-panel-power-window-switch-plates-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"SR5 Molded Door Panel Power Window Switch Plates (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Power Window Switch Plates\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Molded Door Panel Power Window Switch Plates\u003c\/strong\u003e are direct-fit replacements for the plastic switch plates used with late-model SR5 molded door panels in the 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal switch plates commonly crack, fade, become brittle, or break after decades of repeated power-window switch use. These reproductions retain the factory-style appearance and switch positioning while using durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced construction in common failure areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order can be configured as a \u003cstrong\u003edriver-side switch plate, passenger-side switch plate, or complete pair\u003c\/strong\u003e. The plates are designed specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e and install using the original mounting locations without cutting, drilling, or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style SR5 power window switch plate reproductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003elate-model SR5 molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced in common original failure areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains factory power-window switch positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing process reduces visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable for driver side, passenger side, or as a complete pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Power Window Switch Plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panels Without Vent Windows – Front Power Window Switch Plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor late-model SR5 molded door panels only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for molded door panels without vent windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor power-window-equipped door panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains the original switch location and layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Window Switch Plate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Panel Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late-Model SR5 Molded Door Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWindow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Windows\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver Side, Passenger Side, Pair\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassenger Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Driver Switch Plate","offer_id":49309930389813,"sku":"140","price":20.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger Switch Plate","offer_id":49309930422581,"sku":"145","price":20.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair (Driver \u0026 Passenger)","offer_id":49309930455349,"sku":"161","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/bothswitchplates.png?v=1716256395"},{"product_id":"toyota-oem-front-bumper-corner-bolt-cover-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Toyota OEM Front Bumper Corner Bolt Cover (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Front Bumper Corner Bolt Cover\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota Front Bumper Corner Bolt Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a missing, damaged, or broken factory cover used to conceal the exposed mounting bolt at the front bumper corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese small covers are commonly lost during bumper repairs or missing when replacement bumper corner plastics are installed. Using the genuine Toyota component restores the original finished appearance with the correct factory shape, fit, and surface texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach cover is sold \u003cstrong\u003eindividually\u003c\/strong\u003e and installs directly into the original location without cutting, drilling, or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovers the exposed front bumper corner mounting bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestores the original factory exterior appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory-correct shape and surface texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect snap-in installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original mounting location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for bumper restorations and replacement corner installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Front Bumper Corner Bolt Cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Front Bumper Corner Bolt Cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront bumper corner application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for a missing or damaged factory bolt cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls using the original mounting location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEach cover is sold individually\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder a quantity of \u003cstrong\u003etwo\u003c\/strong\u003e if replacing both driver- and passenger-side covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Bumper Corner Bolt Cover\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Bumper Corner\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine OEM Toyota\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap-In\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Cover\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Genuine OEM Toyota front bumper corner bolt cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed both sides?\u003c\/strong\u003e Select a quantity of \u003cstrong\u003etwo\u003c\/strong\u003e for a driver- and passenger-side pair.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Toyota","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49895706329397,"sku":"196","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-3_23fc6487-3725-406e-bef9-130a686d4ca9.png?v=1723573216"},{"product_id":"sr5-flat-door-panel-passenger-power-window-switch-surround-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"SR5 Flat Door Panel Passenger Power Window Switch Surround (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Flat Door Panel Power Window Switch Surround\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with SR5 Flat Door Panels and Power Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Flat Door Panel Power Window Switch Surround\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces cracked, brittle, or missing switch trim found on early-style SR5 flat door panels equipped with power windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal surrounds can weaken and break after decades of use due to their thin, hollow construction. This reproduction maintains the factory-style dimensions, switch positioning, and installed appearance while using a \u003cstrong\u003esolid-body ABS design\u003c\/strong\u003e to reinforce the areas where the original part commonly fails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003epassenger-side surround by itself\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete driver- and passenger-side set\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each option is available in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red to coordinate with common factory interior colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style reproduction for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 flat power-window door panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid-body design replaces the weaker factory hollow construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced for improved rigidity and long-term durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains factory-style proportions and power-window switch alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing process minimizes visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean top-lip finish for a refined installed appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes new mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Solid-Body Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original switch surround uses a hollow plastic design that can become brittle and crack with age. This reproduction replaces that construction with a \u003cstrong\u003esolid-body design\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing greater rigidity around the switch opening and mounting areas while retaining the original profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe part is produced using adaptive 3D-printing techniques to reduce visible layer lines, particularly across the upper surfaces that remain visible once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – SR5 Flat Door Panels – Power Windows – Front Door Switch Surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – SR5 Flat Door Panels – Power Windows – Front Door Switch Surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor SR5 flat door panels with power windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger-side surround is available individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side surrounds are available together as a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes new mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Window Switch Surround\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Panel Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR5 Flat Door Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWindow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Windows\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed Solid-Body\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passenger Side, Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassenger Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver \u0026amp; Passenger Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Passenger \/ Gray","offer_id":49923525804341,"sku":"176","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger \/ Brown","offer_id":49923645407541,"sku":"177","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger \/ Black","offer_id":49923645374773,"sku":"178","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger \/ Blue","offer_id":49923645342005,"sku":"180","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger \/ Red","offer_id":49923645309237,"sku":"179","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Gray","offer_id":49923525837109,"sku":"181","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Brown","offer_id":49923645538613,"sku":"182","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Black","offer_id":49923645505845,"sku":"183","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Blue","offer_id":49923645473077,"sku":"185","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Red","offer_id":49923645440309,"sku":"184","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/grayfrontswitch.png?v=1724302046"},{"product_id":"sr5-flat-door-panel-driver-power-window-switch-surround-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"SR5 Flat Door Panel Driver Power Window Switch Surround (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Flat Door Panel Driver Power Window Switch Surround\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with SR5 Flat Door Panels and Power Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style SR5 Flat Door Panel Driver Power Window Switch Surround\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces cracked, brittle, or missing switch trim found on early-style SR5 flat door panels equipped with power windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original surround uses a thin, hollow construction that can weaken and break after decades of use. This reproduction retains the factory-style dimensions, switch positioning, and installed appearance while using a \u003cstrong\u003esolid-body ABS design\u003c\/strong\u003e to reinforce the areas where the original commonly fails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003edriver-side surround by itself\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete driver- and passenger-side set\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each configuration is available in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red to coordinate with common factory interior colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style reproduction for \u003cstrong\u003eSR5 flat power-window door panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the driver-side power window switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid-body design replaces the weaker factory hollow construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced for improved rigidity and long-term durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains factory-style proportions and switch alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing minimizes visible layer lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean top-lip finish for a refined installed appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using factory mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes new mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Solid-Body Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory switch surround can become brittle and crack around the switch opening and mounting areas as the original plastic ages. This reproduction replaces the hollow construction with a \u003cstrong\u003esolid-body design\u003c\/strong\u003e for increased rigidity while maintaining the original profile and switch positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdaptive 3D-printing techniques help minimize visible layer lines across the exposed surfaces, preserving a clean OEM-style appearance once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – SR5 Flat Door Panels – Power Windows – Driver-Side Front Door Switch Surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – SR5 Flat Door Panels – Power Windows – Driver-Side Front Door Switch Surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor SR5 flat door panels with power windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver-side surround is available individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side surrounds are available together as a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes new mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the installed door-panel style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Window Switch Surround\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver-Side Front Door Interior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Panel Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SR5 Flat Door Panel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWindow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Windows\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D-Printed Solid-Body\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver Side, Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver Side\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver \u0026amp; Passenger Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side power window switch surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, or Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Driver \/ Gray","offer_id":49939831128373,"sku":"171","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Driver \/ Brown","offer_id":49939831259445,"sku":"172","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Driver \/ Black","offer_id":49939831226677,"sku":"173","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Driver \/ Blue","offer_id":49939831193909,"sku":"175","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Driver \/ Red","offer_id":49939831161141,"sku":"174","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Gray","offer_id":49939831292213,"sku":"181","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Brown","offer_id":49939831423285,"sku":"182","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Black","offer_id":49939831390517,"sku":"183","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Blue","offer_id":49939831357749,"sku":"185","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SET ( Driver \u0026 Passenger) \/ Red","offer_id":49939831324981,"sku":"184","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/brownswitch.png?v=1724282709"},{"product_id":"interior-door-handles-dlx-pair-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Interior Door Handles | DLX Pair (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSolid OEM-Style DLX Interior Door Handles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with DLX Interior Door Handles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSolid OEM-Style DLX Interior Door Handles\u003c\/strong\u003e replace cracked, split, or deteriorated factory handles found in 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup DLX interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal DLX handles use a foam-core construction that can soften, collapse, puncture, or crack after decades of use. These replacements eliminate the foam core entirely with a \u003cstrong\u003esolid direct-injection molded plastic construction\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for greater durability while retaining the factory-style shape and appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes a complete \u003cstrong\u003edriver- and passenger-side pair\u003c\/strong\u003e in Gray with an OEM-style leather-grain surface texture. The lower profile has also been subtly reshaped to provide a more comfortable grip without significantly altering the original interior appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete driver- and passenger-side interior door handle pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eDLX interior door handle applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid, foam-free construction eliminates a common factory failure point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-injection molded plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to cracking, punctures, and deformation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style leather-grain surface texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlightly reshaped lower profile for improved grip comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement using factory mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray factory-style finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSolid Foam-Free Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original DLX handles rely on a foam core that can deteriorate with age and repeated use. These replacements use \u003cstrong\u003esolid molded plastic throughout the handle\u003c\/strong\u003e, eliminating the hollow or compressible interior that commonly causes original pieces to split or collapse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exterior retains an OEM-style leather-grain texture so the handles blend naturally with the surrounding Toyota interior while providing a more durable structure for regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – DLX Interior Door Handles – Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Front Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – DLX Interior Door Handles – Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Front Doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for DLX interior door handle applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes both driver- and passenger-side handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the existing interior handle style before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior Door Handles\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Front Doors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterior Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e DLX\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid Molded Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct-Injection Molded, Foam-Free\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Leather Grain\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Handles\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Points\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side DLX interior door handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side DLX interior door handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50148170039605,"sku":"1014","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/interior-door-handles-dlx-pair-1984-89-4runner-1984-88-pickup-01.png?v=1790384339"},{"product_id":"spiker-engineering-hood-strut-kit-no-drilling-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Spiker Engineering Bolt-On Hood Strut Kit | No Drilling (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Hood Strut Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Hood Strut Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the factory hood prop rod with a dual gas-strut system for smoother, one-handed hood operation on 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo gas struts assist with raising the hood and hold it securely in the fully open position, improving engine-bay access while eliminating the need to manually position the original prop rod. The system uses vehicle-specific brackets and \u003cstrong\u003eSlotLOK™ hood nut plates\u003c\/strong\u003e for a completely bolt-on installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo drilling, cutting, or welding is required. The kit installs using factory mounting locations and can be removed later without permanent vehicle modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces the factory hood prop rod with dual gas struts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides smooth, controlled one-handed hood operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds the hood securely at full extension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves access to the engine bay during service and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo gloss-black enameled hood struts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-gauge steel mounting brackets with black powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlotLOK™ hood nut plates provide secure mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100% bolt-on installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling, cutting, or welding required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical installation time of under 15 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacked by a \u003cstrong\u003e5-year manufacturer warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Mounting Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hood strut system uses factory mounting locations along with purpose-built steel brackets and SlotLOK™ hood nut plates, allowing the kit to be installed without permanently modifying the hood or body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce installed, the dual gas struts provide assisted lifting and controlled hood movement while maintaining a clean engine-bay appearance. The reversible design also allows the original configuration to be restored later if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Hood Strut Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Hood Strut Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces the factory hood prop rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling, cutting, or welding required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully reversible installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical installation time is under 15 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated installation instructions are included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hood Strut Kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hood \/ Engine Bay\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrut Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrut Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss Black Enamel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBracket Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-Gauge Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBracket Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Powder Coat\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting System:\u003c\/strong\u003e SlotLOK™ Hood Nut Plates\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt-On\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-Year Manufacturer Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Hood gas struts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated steel mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlotLOK™ hood nut plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete installation hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated step-by-step installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Spiker Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50205957521717,"sku":"217","price":99.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/spiker-engineering-hood-strut-kit-01.jpg?v=1789869143"},{"product_id":"oem-style-1984-1985-exterior-graphic-decal-kit-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"OEM-Style 1984-85 Exterior Graphic Decal Kit (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style 1984–1985 Exterior Graphic Decal Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style 1984–1985 Exterior Graphic Decal Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e recreates the distinctive factory-style graphics originally associated with early 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups. The complete vehicle-specific layout follows the original body lines, panel breaks, proportions, and vintage color appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough based on the \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1985 graphic design\u003c\/strong\u003e, the kit is sized to fit all 1984–1989 1st Gen 4Runners and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Pickups. This makes it suitable for factory-style restorations as well as later-model trucks receiving an early Toyota-inspired exterior appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit is produced from premium \u003cstrong\u003e3M 180C printed and laminated vinyl\u003c\/strong\u003e and is available in \u003cstrong\u003eGray or Light Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReproduction of the classic \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1985 Toyota exterior graphic design\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific sizing for 1st Gen 4Runner and 2nd Gen Pickup body panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigitally engineered around factory body lines and panel breaks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensional accuracy within approximately \u003cstrong\u003e±1 mm of the original graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVintage-inspired color tones developed from preserved original graphics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium \u003cstrong\u003e3M 180C printed and laminated vinyl\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV-resistant inks and laminate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to conform smoothly around vehicle contours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003eGray or Light Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes graphics for both sides of the vehicle and the hood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed installation guidelines included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle-Specific Graphic Layout\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe graphic set is designed as a complete vehicle-specific system rather than a universal stripe kit. Individual sections are shaped and proportioned for their intended fender, door, bedside, and hood locations to maintain the continuous appearance of the original design across the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pickup layout also includes the corresponding tailgate graphics. These tailgate pieces were not part of the original 4Runner application and should be omitted when maintaining an OEM-style 4Runner appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Exterior Body Graphic Decal Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Exterior Body Graphic Decal Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecreates the \u003cstrong\u003e1984–1985 exterior graphic style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits the full 1984–1989 1st Gen 4Runner body range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits the full 1984–1988 2nd Gen Pickup body range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePickup tailgate decals are included for the factory-style Pickup application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTailgate graphics were not factory-applied to 4Runners\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4Runner owners may omit the tailgate graphics for an OEM-style appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper surface cleaning and preparation are required before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed installation guidelines are included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Exterior Graphic Decal Kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style 1984–1985 Graphics\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3M 180C Printed Vinyl\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laminated\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Light Brown\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV-Resistant Ink and Laminate\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive Vinyl Application\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Shipping Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Within 2 Business Days\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete Gray exterior graphic decal kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side fender decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side door decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side bedside decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHood decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePickup tailgate graphics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation guidelines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete Light Brown exterior graphic decal kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side fender decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side door decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side bedside decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHood decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePickup tailgate graphics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation guidelines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51268947804469,"sku":"197","price":315.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Brown","offer_id":51268947837237,"sku":"283","price":315.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/sr5-gray-silver-exterior-graphics-decal-kit-1984-89-4runner-pickup-01.png?v=1789770972"},{"product_id":"trd-style-toyota-steering-wheel-decal-1987-88-pickup-1987-89-4runner","title":"TRD-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Decal (1987-89 4Runner \/ 1987-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTRD-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1987–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTRD-Style “TOYOTA” Steering Wheel Decal\u003c\/strong\u003e restores the small center emblem found on late-model 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup steering wheels. Original decals frequently fade, crack, peel, or disappear after decades of interior use and sun exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reproduction measures \u003cstrong\u003e8 mm tall × 49 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e and features bright TRD-inspired “TOYOTA” lettering beneath a clear poly-domed surface. The dimensional finish gives the emblem depth while maintaining a clean, period-correct appearance at the center of the factory steering wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is simple with a peel-and-stick backing and requires no tools or permanent modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReproduction steering wheel center decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright \u003cstrong\u003eTRD-inspired “TOYOTA” lettering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear poly-domed construction for added depth and surface protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style dimensions of \u003cstrong\u003e8 mm × 49 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong all-weather adhesive backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo tools or vehicle modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to restore a faded, cracked, or missing steering wheel emblem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Factory Steering Wheel Center Decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1987–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Factory Steering Wheel Center Decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the applicable factory steering wheel center location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the mounting surface thoroughly before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface should be dry and free of oil, wax, and residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo tools or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steering Wheel Center Decal\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e TRD-Style “TOYOTA”\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steering Wheel Center\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear Poly-Domed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 mm Tall × 49 mm Wide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick Adhesive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) TRD-style “TOYOTA” steering wheel decal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50746124992821,"sku":"121","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/trd-style-toyota-steering-wheel-decal-1984-89-4runner-pickup-01.png?v=1789770974"},{"product_id":"preserve-rad-dlx-front-seat-upholstery-kit-1984-89-4runner-1984-88-pickup","title":"Preserve Rad DLX Front Seat Upholstery Kit (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePreserve Rad DLX Front Seat Upholstery Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Factory DLX Front Seats\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePreserve Rad DLX Front Seat Upholstery Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a factory-style replacement upholstery set for the front DLX seats used in 1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup models. Each kit is handcrafted in the USA using fabric and vinyl selected to closely reproduce the look and construction of the original Toyota upholstery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eDLX front seats without adjustable side bolsters\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit SR5 Sport seats. Optional seatback map\/iPad pockets and matching headrest covers are available through the existing accessory selections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFabric Matching \u0026amp; Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Example photos are intended to show upholstery construction, colors, and general appearance. Exact original Toyota fabrics varied by vehicle and production period, so the fabric shown in example images may not be the exact material used for every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the closest factory-style match, provide a clear reference photo of the original seat fabric, especially when selecting \u003cstrong\u003eOther (Custom)\u003c\/strong\u003e or when the original pattern differs from the standard color choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFactory-style DLX front seat upholstery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFabric and vinyl construction selected to closely match original Toyota materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for factory DLX front bucket seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional \u003cstrong\u003eSeatback Map\/iPad Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional \u003cstrong\u003eHeadrest Covers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple factory-style color choices plus \u003cstrong\u003eOther (Custom)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver- and passenger-side front seat upholstery included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Factory DLX front seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Factory DLX front seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits factory DLX front seats only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for DLX seats without adjustable side bolsters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not fit SR5 Sport front seats\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadrest covers are included only when the applicable accessory option is selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeatback map\/iPad pockets are included only when the applicable accessory option is selected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the installed seat style before ordering if the vehicle has previously had seats swapped or replaced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preserve Rad\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upholstery\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponent Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seat Upholstery\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Row\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat Coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Front Seats\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric \/ Vinyl\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Manufacture:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDark Gray\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Gray\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrown\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSaddle Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther (Custom)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccessory Add Ons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNone\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeatback Map\/iPad Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeadrest Covers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeatback Map\/iPad Pocket \u0026amp; Headrest Covers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Dark Gray \/ None","offer_id":50781578428725,"sku":"209","price":395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket","offer_id":50898967167285,"sku":"240","price":435.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482194229,"sku":"241","price":475.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket \u0026 Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482226997,"sku":"242","price":515.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Light Gray \/ None","offer_id":50781578461493,"sku":"210","price":395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Light Gray \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket","offer_id":50898967331125,"sku":"243","price":435.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Light Gray \/ Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482259765,"sku":"244","price":475.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Light Gray \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket \u0026 Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482292533,"sku":"245","price":515.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brown \/ None","offer_id":50781578494261,"sku":"211","price":395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brown \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket","offer_id":50898967494965,"sku":"246","price":435.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brown \/ Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482325301,"sku":"247","price":475.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brown \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket \u0026 Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482358069,"sku":"248","price":515.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Saddle Brown \/ None","offer_id":50781578527029,"sku":"214","price":395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Saddle Brown \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket","offer_id":50898967658805,"sku":"249","price":435.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Saddle Brown \/ Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482390837,"sku":"250","price":475.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Saddle Brown \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket \u0026 Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482423605,"sku":"251","price":515.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Tan \/ None","offer_id":50781578559797,"sku":"213","price":395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Tan \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket","offer_id":50898967822645,"sku":"252","price":435.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Tan \/ Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482456373,"sku":"253","price":475.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Tan \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket \u0026 Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482489141,"sku":"254","price":515.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue \/ None","offer_id":50781578592565,"sku":"212","price":395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket","offer_id":50898967986485,"sku":"255","price":435.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue \/ Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482521909,"sku":"256","price":475.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket \u0026 Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482554677,"sku":"257","price":515.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Other (Custom) \/ None","offer_id":50885280137525,"sku":null,"price":395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Other (Custom) \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket","offer_id":50898968150325,"sku":null,"price":435.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Other (Custom) \/ Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482587445,"sku":null,"price":475.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Other (Custom) \/ Seatback Map\/iPad Pocket \u0026 Headrest Covers","offer_id":50907482620213,"sku":null,"price":515.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/dlx-front-seat-upholstery-kit-1984-89-4runner-pickup-01.png?v=1789770973"},{"product_id":"silver-red-power-steering-reservoir-decal-set-1979-88-pickup-1984-88-4runner","title":"Silver \u0026 Red Power Steering Reservoir Decal Set (1984-88 4Runner \/ 1979-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style Silver \u0026amp; Red Power Steering Reservoir Decal Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1988 Toyota 4Runner and 1979–1988 Toyota Pickup with Metal Power Steering Reservoir\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Silver \u0026amp; Red Power Steering Reservoir Decal Set\u003c\/strong\u003e restores the original-style underhood labeling found on early Toyota truck and 4Runner power steering reservoirs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e2-piece reproduction decal set\u003c\/strong\u003e uses brushed aluminum self-adhesive material with red and black printed details to recreate the period-correct appearance of the earlier reservoir labeling. Each decal is precision cut to match the original-style proportions and layout for a clean factory-inspired engine bay restoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA gloss laminated surface helps protect the graphics from moisture, heat, fading, and normal underhood exposure. This version is intended for vehicles equipped with the \u003cstrong\u003emetal power steering reservoir\u003c\/strong\u003e and represents the earlier silver\/red decal style used before Toyota transitioned to the later yellow design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style \u003cstrong\u003e2-piece power steering reservoir decal set\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEarly \u003cstrong\u003eSilver with Red Text\u003c\/strong\u003e design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrushed aluminum self-adhesive construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGloss laminated protective finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision cut to original-style proportions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to moisture, heat, and fading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for factory \u003cstrong\u003emetal power steering reservoirs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel-and-stick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for engine bay restorations and detail refreshes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Metal Power Steering Reservoir – Silver\/Red Reservoir Decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1979–1983 Toyota Pickup – 1st Gen – Metal Power Steering Reservoir – Silver\/Red Reservoir Decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Metal Power Steering Reservoir – Silver\/Red Reservoir Decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor metal power steering reservoirs only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEarly \u003cstrong\u003eSilver\/Red decal style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLater vehicles may use the alternate yellow reservoir decal design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement reservoirs may not retain the decal style originally installed on the vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompare your existing reservoir and decal style before ordering when possible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply only to a clean, dry surface free of oil, grease, wax, and residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePainted, dirty, or contaminated surfaces may prevent proper adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Steering Reservoir Decal Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engine Bay \/ Power Steering Reservoir\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Decals\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushed Aluminum Self-Adhesive Material\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver with Red and Black Printing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gloss Laminated\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Early Reservoir Decals\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peel-and-Stick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) 2-piece Silver\/Red power steering reservoir decal set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"BLVinyl","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50849701953845,"sku":"218","price":13.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/ChatGPTImageJul13_2026_09_32_04PM.png?v=1783992771"},{"product_id":"radio-bezel-pull-out-cup-holder-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Radio Bezel Pull-Out Cup Holder (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSingle DIN Radio Bezel Pull-Out Cup Holder\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Single DIN Radio Configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSingle DIN Radio Bezel Pull-Out Cup Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e adds practical drink storage to the factory dashboard of 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups without permanently modifying the interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to replace the factory lower radio pocket on \u003cstrong\u003esingle DIN–equipped vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, the assembly integrates a collapsible cup holder directly into the radio bezel area. When not in use, the cup holder folds inward and slides behind a flush-fitting door for a clean, understated appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit mounts to the rear of the factory radio bezel using the original screw locations, allowing a bolt-in installation with no drilling or cutting required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces the factory lower radio pocket on \u003cstrong\u003esingle DIN\u003c\/strong\u003e dashboard configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull-out, collapsible cup holder design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports cans and bottles up to \u003cstrong\u003e2.7 inches in diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum recommended load of \u003cstrong\u003e2 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne-touch release allows the cup rest to collapse for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush-fitting door conceals the cup holder when closed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a removable Toyota-style switch blank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch opening can accommodate applicable OEM or aftermarket accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses original radio bezel mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling or cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable for \u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand drive or right-hand drive\u003c\/strong\u003e configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePull-Out Cup Holder Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cup holder extends from the lower radio bezel area when needed and can remain open during use. Pressing the release tab toward the main body collapses the cup support, allowing the assembly to slide back into the dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn integrated removable switch blank provides an additional location for an applicable Toyota switch, aftermarket accessory switch, coin tray, or similar interior accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Single DIN Radio Configuration – Lower Radio Bezel Pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Single DIN Radio Configuration – Lower Radio Bezel Pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle DIN radio configurations only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces the factory lower radio pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts to the rear of the factory radio bezel using original screw locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling or cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to clear factory shifter components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicles with worn shifter bushings or modified shifter travel may have reduced clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the correct \u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand drive or right-hand drive\u003c\/strong\u003e configuration when ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum supported container diameter is \u003cstrong\u003e2.7 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum recommended load is \u003cstrong\u003e2 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull-Out Cup Holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lower Radio Bezel \/ Dashboard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRadio Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single DIN\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Container Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Recommended Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Collapsible Pull-Out\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Provision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable Toyota-Style Switch Blank\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Screw Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteering Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Left-Hand Drive, Right-Hand Drive\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeft-Hand Drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Pull-out cup holder assembly for left-hand drive configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Removable Toyota-style switch blank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRight-Hand Drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Pull-out cup holder assembly for right-hand drive configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Removable Toyota-style switch blank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Caribouyota","offers":[{"title":"LHD (Left Hand Drive)","offer_id":50881499726133,"sku":"219","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"RHD (Right Hand Drive)","offer_id":50881499758901,"sku":"220","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/radio_cup_holder.png?v=1745979578"},{"product_id":"toyota-oem-b-pillar-trim-panel-clips-10-pack-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Toyota OEM Exterior B-Pillar Trim Panel Clips | Set of 10 (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eToyota OEM Exterior B-Pillar Trim Panel Clips – Set of 10\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup exterior B-pillar trim panel applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eToyota OEM Exterior B-Pillar Trim Panel Clip Set\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces brittle, broken, or missing factory clips used to secure the \u003cstrong\u003eexterior B-pillar plastic trim panels to the side of the vehicle body\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are genuine Toyota retaining clips, not universal or aftermarket substitutes. Their factory-style dimensions and retention design allow the exterior B-pillar trim to attach at the original body mounting points and sit correctly against the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set includes \u003cstrong\u003e10 clips\u003c\/strong\u003e for servicing the exterior B-pillar trim attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine OEM Toyota\u003c\/strong\u003e B-pillar trim retaining clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eexterior B-pillar plastic trim panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecures the exterior trim panel to the side of the vehicle body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet includes \u003cstrong\u003e10 clips\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory-style size, shape, and retention design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for original exterior trim clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses existing factory body mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling, cutting, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful when reinstalling B-pillar exterior trim after removal, paintwork, or restoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Exterior B-Pillar Plastic Trim Panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Exterior B-Pillar Plastic Trim Panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior body application — not an interior B-pillar garnish clip.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed to attach the exterior B-pillar plastic trim panel to the side of the vehicle body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls at the original factory mounting locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the exterior trim panel and body mounting points for damage before installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling, cutting, or permanent modification is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Toyota\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Exterior B-Pillar Trim Panel Retainer Clips\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponent Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Body Hardware\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Exterior B-Pillar \/ Side Body\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 Clips\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine OEM\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(10) Genuine OEM Toyota exterior B-pillar trim panel clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Toyota","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51021083148597,"sku":"271","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/bpillar_57ce6eda-cbcd-4136-bd97-073b29be7e23.png?v=1750118216"},{"product_id":"locking-glovebox-safe-insert-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Locking Glovebox \/ Safe Insert (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLocking Glovebox Safe Insert\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLocking Glovebox Safe Insert\u003c\/strong\u003e adds discreet interior security to 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups while retaining the factory glovebox location and surrounding dash appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003e16-gauge steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, the insert fits inside the original glovebox opening and provides a lockable compartment for documents, tools, and other valuables. An integrated keyed lock controls access, while a concealed heavy-duty security cable anchors the safe to the solid steel crossbar behind the dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the lightly secured factory glovebox assembly, the tethered design helps prevent the safe from simply being removed with the glovebox. The installation requires only one small hole in the rear of the glovebox for security-cable routing and does not require cutting or modification of the dashboard structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific locking glovebox safe insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16-gauge steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-cut and CNC press-bent components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand TIG-welded seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated keyed lock cylinder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealed heavy-duty security cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchors around the steel crossbar behind the dashboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits within the factory glovebox location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains a discreet, factory-style interior appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires no cutting or modification to the dashboard structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSecurity \u0026amp; Retention Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe insert uses more than the factory glovebox mounting structure for retention. A \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty steel security cable\u003c\/strong\u003e routes through the rear of the glovebox and loops around the solid steel dash crossbar behind the dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the factory dash trim installed, the cable remains concealed from view. If the glovebox assembly is damaged or forcibly removed, the safe remains tethered to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo vehicle security product is completely theft-proof, but the combination of steel construction, keyed access, and hidden cable retention substantially increases the effort required to remove or access the compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Factory Glovebox Location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Factory Glovebox Location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls inside the \u003cstrong\u003efactory glovebox location\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires basic hand tools for installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne small hole must be drilled in the rear of the glovebox\u003c\/strong\u003e for security-cable routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity cable anchors around the steel crossbar behind the dashboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting or modification to the dashboard structure is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity cable remains hidden when the factory dash trim is installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Locking Glovebox Safe Insert\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Glovebox\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-Gauge Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Powder Coat\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-Cut, CNC Press-Bent \u0026amp; TIG-Welded\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keyed Lock Cylinder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetention System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Concealed Heavy-Duty Steel Security Cable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Glovebox Location\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDashboard Modification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlovebox Modification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e One Small Cable-Routing Hole\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Locking glovebox safe insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Integrated lock cylinder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty security cable system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccess to downloadable PDF installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Hugh's Hand Built","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51027908231477,"sku":"258","price":249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/cover_photo_2.png?v=1749406794"},{"product_id":"power-window-door-control-module-relay-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Power Window Door Control Module Relay (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePower Window Control Module Relay\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Factory Power Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePower Window Control Module Relay\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reproduction electronic replacement for aging factory power window control circuitry used in 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups equipped with power windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal control modules can develop internal electrical faults over time, resulting in intermittent operation, delayed response, or complete power window failure. This replacement circuit uses \u003cstrong\u003emodern integrated electronics\u003c\/strong\u003e while retaining the control logic and protective functions required for proper driver- and passenger-side window operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe module installs inside the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal factory housing\u003c\/strong\u003e and connects to the vehicle's existing electrical system without cutting, splicing, or soldering. The original housing and mounting bracket are reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReproduction power window control module relay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for factory power window systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModern integrated circuit construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in current and voltage limiting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains proper driver- and passenger-window control logic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains factory-style electrical safety functions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play electrical installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the vehicle's existing connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits inside the original control module housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo wiring modification or soldering required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eElectrical Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement circuit incorporates modern electronic components to restore reliable control of the factory power window system while maintaining protective current and voltage limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese safeguards help protect the window motors, electrical system, and glass from excessive electrical load while preserving the intended operation of the original power window controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Power Windows – Power Window Control Module Relay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Power Windows – Power Window Control Module Relay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor vehicles equipped with factory power windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCircuit module installs inside the original factory control module housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the vehicle's existing electrical connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo wire cutting, splicing, or soldering required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal housing and mounting bracket must be reused\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory housing and mounting bracket are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower window motors, switches, wiring, and mechanical regulators can produce similar symptoms and should also be inspected when diagnosing window problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power Window Control Module Relay\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSystem:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Power Windows\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Electronic Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectronics:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern Integrated Circuits\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Current \u0026amp; Voltage Limiting\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plug-and-Play Circuit Module\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWiring Modification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reuses Original Factory Housing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reuses Original Factory Bracket\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Power window control module relay circuit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal factory housing and mounting bracket are not included and must be reused.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51152785310005,"sku":"274","price":150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-2_AI.png?v=1753559557"},{"product_id":"double-stack-center-console-dividers-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Double Stack Center Console Compartment Dividers (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Double Stack Center Console Dividers\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3D-Printed OEM-Style Double Stack Center Console Dividers\u003c\/strong\u003e replace missing, broken, or deteriorated compartment dividers in the factory double stack center console used in 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned around the original console dimensions and layout, these dividers restore the separate upper compartments while maintaining the factory-style appearance and function of the center console.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach divider is precision 3D printed from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and installs directly into the factory console without cutting, drilling, or trimming. Multiple factory-inspired color options are available to better match your vehicle's interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style replacement dividers for the \u003cstrong\u003efactory double stack center console\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes \u003cstrong\u003e2 dividers\u003c\/strong\u003e for the upper console compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision 3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to match the original divider dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestores factory-style compartment separation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to fading, brittleness, and discoloration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003eGray, Brown, Black, Blue, and Red\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Double Stack Center Console – Upper Compartment Dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Double Stack Center Console – Upper Compartment Dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003efactory double stack center console\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces both upper compartment dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls directly into the original console locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, drilling, or trimming required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation can typically be completed in minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify your vehicle is equipped with the double stack center console before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Center Console Compartment Dividers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Center Console\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsole Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double Stack\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D Printed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Dividers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Colors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray, Brown, Black, Blue, Red\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrown\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper double stack center console divider\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51217503224117,"sku":"275","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":51217503256885,"sku":"276","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":51217503289653,"sku":"277","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":51217503322421,"sku":"278","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":51217503355189,"sku":"279","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/gray_c8336d49-5444-431f-8bbb-a1d64ec92d01.png?v=1755285003"},{"product_id":"solex-twincam-safety-locks-mechanical-anti-theft","title":"SOLEX TWINCAM 3-Door Flat-Key Safety Lock Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSOLEX TWINCAM Series Safety Lock Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1980s–Early 2000s Classic Vehicles with Flat-Surface Mechanical Lock Cylinder Openings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSOLEX TWINCAM Series Safety Lock Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a mechanical anti-theft upgrade designed for classic vehicles that use traditional lock cylinders and internal lock rods. Its period-correct exterior appearance makes it well suited for vintage Toyota restorations and daily-driven classics where additional security is desired without converting to a modern electronic locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike a conventional lock cylinder that primarily controls the key mechanism, the SOLEX design also \u003cstrong\u003emechanically secures the internal lock rod when locked\u003c\/strong\u003e. This helps resist common forced-entry techniques that attempt to manipulate the door-lock linkage with a slim jim or similar tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit includes \u003cstrong\u003ethree matched lock cylinders and three keys\u003c\/strong\u003e, along with multiple lock arms, cylinder cases, rod fittings, and retaining hardware to support installation across a range of mechanical lock applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSOLEX \u003cstrong\u003eTWINCAM Series\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical safety lock system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanically secures the internal lock rod when locked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps resist slim-jim manipulation of the lock linkage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-layer mechanical locking design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to resist common key and forced-entry manipulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeriod-correct appearance for classic vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree matching lock cylinders included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree matching SOLEX keys included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple lock arms and fittings for different applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeather-resistant construction for exterior vehicle use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMechanical Anti-Theft Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TWINCAM system adds a second layer of mechanical security to the traditional lock-cylinder design. When locked, the internal mechanism secures the lock rod rather than leaving the linkage free to be manipulated independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis design makes it substantially more difficult to unlock the vehicle by reaching the internal linkage with a slim jim or similar mechanical tool. The system remains fully mechanical and does not require an alarm module, wiring, battery connection, or electronic immobilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Mechanical Lock System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1979–1983 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Mechanical Lock System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Mechanical Lock System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Corolla \/ AE86\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1983–1987 Toyota Corolla AE86 – Trueno (JDM) – \u003cstrong\u003eMechanical Lock System\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1983–1987 Toyota Corolla AE86 – Levin (JDM) – \u003cstrong\u003eMechanical Lock System\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1983–1987 Toyota Corolla AE86 – \u003cstrong\u003eMechanical Lock System\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned primarily for \u003cstrong\u003eflat-surface mechanical lock cylinder openings\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple supplied lock arms and fittings allow adaptation to different classic-vehicle lock mechanisms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical locking systems only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicles using electronic or power-operated locking mechanisms should be inspected before installation to confirm the lock cylinder can operate independently of the electronic system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe SOLEX lock face may be slightly larger in diameter than some factory lock cylinders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner gas-cap applications use a recessed lock opening and may require minor sanding of the surrounding black plastic trim for proper seating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation requirements can vary by vehicle and lock position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e SOLEX\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e TWINCAM\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical Safety Lock Kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical Anti-Theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-Layer Mechanical\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e SOLEX Matched Key\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Cylinders:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeys:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetainer Clips:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Arms:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Cylinder Cases:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Rod Fittings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Plastic Fittings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical Vehicle Lock Systems\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal with Application-Specific Installation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) SOLEX TWINCAM Series lock cylinders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) Retainer clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) Matching SOLEX keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(6) Lock arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) Additional lock cylinder cases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) Plastic secure rod fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Solex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51402043064629,"sku":"287","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/in_box.png?v=1760395649"},{"product_id":"spring-loaded-center-console-latch-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Spring-Loaded Center Console Latch (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style Spring-Loaded Center Console Latch\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner \/ Hilux Surf and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup \/ Hilux with Factory Center Console\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Spring-Loaded Center Console Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces broken, cracked, or worn factory console latches in classic Toyota truck and SUV interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original-style latch relies on flexing plastic during opening and closing, which can weaken as the material ages. This replacement uses an \u003cstrong\u003einternal spring-loaded mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide positive engagement and release without repeatedly flexing the latch body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and designed around the factory latch dimensions, it installs directly in the original mounting location while maintaining a clean OEM-style appearance. Choose a \u003cstrong\u003esingle latch\u003c\/strong\u003e for single-compartment consoles or a \u003cstrong\u003epair\u003c\/strong\u003e for double-stack and dual-compartment center consoles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring-loaded center console latch design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEliminates repeated flexing of the latch body during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth, positive engagement and release\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style dimensions and appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u003cstrong\u003eABS plastic construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-in replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws included with each latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Center Console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Center Console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Hilux Surf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota Hilux Surf – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Center Console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Hilux\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Hilux – \u003cstrong\u003e4th Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Factory Center Console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle must be equipped with a factory center console\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-compartment consoles use \u003cstrong\u003eone latch\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-stack or dual-compartment consoles use \u003cstrong\u003etwo latches\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical installation takes approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5–10 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Center Console Latch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Center Console\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring-Loaded\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct Bolt-In\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Spring-loaded center console latch\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for single-compartment center consoles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePair of Latches\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Spring-loaded center console latches\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for double-stack or dual-compartment center consoles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Preserve Rad","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":51432130445621,"sku":"288","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair","offer_id":51432130478389,"sku":"289","price":12.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/ChatGPT_Image_Oct_22_2025_05_35_54_PM_71589982-bb4b-4301-bb44-db20a899174e.png?v=1788365009"},{"product_id":"solex-hi-tech-3-door-round-key-safety-lock-kit","title":"SOLEX HI-TECH 3-Door Round-Key Safety Lock Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSOLEX HI-TECH Safety Lock Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Classic Vehicles with Mechanical Lock Systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSOLEX HI-TECH Safety Lock Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a mechanical anti-theft upgrade designed for classic cars, trucks, and SUVs using traditional lock cylinders and internal lock rods. Its period-correct exterior appearance makes it well suited for vintage Toyota restorations and daily-driven classics where added security is desired without converting to a modern electronic locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike a conventional lock cylinder, the SOLEX design \u003cstrong\u003emechanically secures the internal lock rod when locked\u003c\/strong\u003e. This helps prevent the linkage from being manipulated with a slim jim or similar tool, adding another physical barrier against common break-in techniques used on older vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit includes \u003cstrong\u003ethree matched HI-TECH lock cylinders and three matching SOLEX keys\u003c\/strong\u003e, along with multiple lock arms, cylinder cases, rod fittings, and retaining hardware for installation across a variety of mechanical lock applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSOLEX \u003cstrong\u003eHI-TECH Series\u003c\/strong\u003e mechanical safety lock system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanically secures the internal lock rod when locked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps resist slim-jim manipulation of the lock linkage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-layer mechanical locking design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to resist common forced-entry and key-manipulation methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeriod-correct appearance for classic vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree matching lock cylinders included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree matching SOLEX keys included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple lock arms and fittings for different installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeather-resistant construction for exterior use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMechanical Anti-Theft Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HI-TECH system adds an additional mechanical layer to the traditional vehicle lock-cylinder design. When the vehicle is locked, the internal mechanism secures the lock rod rather than leaving the linkage free to be manipulated independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis design increases resistance to entry methods that attempt to reach and move the internal locking linkage. The system remains completely mechanical and does not require wiring, an alarm module, battery power, or an electronic immobilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Mechanical Lock System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1979–1983 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Mechanical Lock System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Mechanical Lock System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Corolla \/ AE86\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1983–1987 Toyota Corolla AE86 – Trueno (JDM) – \u003cstrong\u003eMechanical Lock System\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1983–1987 Toyota Corolla AE86 – Levin (JDM) – \u003cstrong\u003eMechanical Lock System\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1983–1987 Toyota Corolla AE86 – \u003cstrong\u003eMechanical Lock System\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned primarily for \u003cstrong\u003eflat-surface mechanical lock cylinder openings\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple supplied lock arms and fittings support different classic-vehicle lock applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntended for mechanical lock systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic or power-operated locking systems require fitment verification before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe SOLEX lock face may be slightly larger in diameter than some factory lock cylinders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner gas-cap applications use a recessed opening and may require minor sanding of the surrounding black plastic trim for proper seating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation requirements can vary by vehicle and lock position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e SOLEX\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e HI-TECH\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical Safety Lock Kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical Anti-Theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-Layer Mechanical\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matching SOLEX Key\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Cylinders:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeys:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetainer Clips:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Arms:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Cylinder Cases:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Rod Fittings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Plastic Fittings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical Vehicle Lock Systems\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal with Application-Specific Installation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) SOLEX HI-TECH lock cylinders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) Retainer clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) Matching SOLEX keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(6) Lock arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) Additional lock cylinder cases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(3) Plastic secure rod fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Solex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51618453029173,"sku":"290","price":82.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/front.png?v=1763568777"},{"product_id":"manual-shifter-bezel-front-pocket-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Manual Shifter Bezel w\/ Front Pocket (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style Manual Shifter Bezel with Front Pocket\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Manual Transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis OEM-style manual shifter bezel is a direct-fit replacement for aging factory bezels used in the 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with manual transmissions. Original Toyota bezels are now decades old and commonly become brittle enough to crack or break during normal use or removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement bezel replicates the factory shape, mounting geometry, and integrated front pocket while using modern SLS manufacturing and glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide for improved durability. It installs using the original mounting locations without trimming or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bezel is supplied raw in black, gray, or white depending on dye availability and \u003cstrong\u003emust be painted for an accurate factory interior color match\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style manual shifter bezel with integrated front pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit replacement using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial SLS 3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved resistance to cracking and age-related brittleness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlight material flexibility compared with brittle original plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant construction suitable for automotive interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaintable for factory Toyota interior color matching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for manual-transmission applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelective Laser Sintering creates a dense, structurally consistent part without the visible layer construction associated with conventional consumer-grade FDM printing. The glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide provides a strong yet slightly flexible structure suited to an interior trim component that may experience repeated installation, removal, and contact over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result retains the factory-style appearance and geometry while providing a more durable replacement for original Toyota plastic that has become brittle with age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint \u0026amp; Interior Color Matching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bezel is supplied raw in \u003cstrong\u003eblack, gray, or white depending on dye availability\u003c\/strong\u003e. Painting is required to accurately match the original Toyota interior color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended SEM Interior Trim Paint colors:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGray:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 17223 – Very Dark Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 15483 – Bluebird Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 15273 – Napa Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue:\u003c\/strong\u003e SEM 15043 – Shadow Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Manual Transmission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Manual Transmission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual transmission only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-in installation using factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBezel must be painted for an accurate factory interior color match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Shifter Bezel with Front Pocket\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Process:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective Laser Sintering (SLS)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paintable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White depending on dye availability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e New\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aftermarket \/ OEM-Style Replacement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduction \u0026amp; Lead Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order for quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical lead time: 3–4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style manual shifter bezel with integrated front pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52100948885813,"sku":"291","price":185.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-2redonenosat.png?v=1778604406"},{"product_id":"manual-shifter-bezel-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Manual Shifter Bezel (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style Manual Shifter Bezel\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup with Manual Transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Manual Shifter Bezel\u003c\/strong\u003e is a direct-fit replacement for the aging factory bezel used in manual-transmission 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal bezels become increasingly brittle as the factory plastic ages and can crack or break even when the part still appears cosmetically intact. This replacement reproduces the original shape, dimensions, and mounting geometry while using modern \u003cstrong\u003eindustrial SLS 3D-printing technology\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved strength and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bezel is manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eglass-fiber-reinforced polyamide\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing heat resistance, structural strength, and a small degree of flexibility that helps reduce the cracking associated with aged factory plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style manual shifter bezel replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003emanual-transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e Toyota 4Runner and Pickup interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial \u003cstrong\u003eSLS 3D-printed construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStronger and more durable than aging factory plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant construction for automotive interior use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlight material flexibility helps resist cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit factory-style dimensions and alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses original mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike conventional consumer-grade filament printing, \u003cstrong\u003eSelective Laser Sintering (SLS)\u003c\/strong\u003e fuses powdered material into a strong, dimensionally consistent part without the pronounced layer-direction weakness commonly associated with FDM printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide construction provides the rigidity needed to maintain factory-style fitment while retaining enough resilience to better withstand normal installation and interior use. This makes the bezel particularly well suited for restorations, daily drivers, and vehicles where the original brittle plastic has already failed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Manual Transmission – Center Shifter Bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Manual Transmission – Center Shifter Bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual-transmission applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the factory manual shifter bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trimming, cutting, or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBezel is supplied \u003cstrong\u003eraw and must be painted\u003c\/strong\u003e for an accurate factory interior color match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaw material may be black, gray, or white depending on current dye availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual Shifter Bezel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Process:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective Laser Sintering (SLS)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paintable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White depending on dye availability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e New\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aftermarket \/ OEM-Style Replacement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduction \u0026amp; Lead Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order for quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical lead time: 3–4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) OEM-style manual shifter bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended SEM Interior Trim Paint Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eGray: SEM 17223 Very Dark Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eBrown: SEM 15483 Bluebird Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eRed: SEM 15273 Napa Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"[\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:my-0 [\u0026amp;\u0026amp;]:ps-1\"\u003eBlue: SEM 15043 Shadow Blue\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52241702388021,"sku":"294","price":165.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/nosat2.png?v=1778108939"},{"product_id":"automatic-shifter-bezel-1984-89-4runner-1984-88-pickup","title":"Automatic Shifter Bezel | 4WD (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAutomatic 4WD Shifter Bezel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup 4WD with Automatic Transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic 4WD Shifter Bezel\u003c\/strong\u003e is an OEM-style replacement for the factory center shifter bezel used in automatic-transmission 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups with 4WD. It replaces the brittle original plastic trim while retaining the factory-style shape, mounting geometry, and center-console fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bezel is produced with industrial \u003cstrong\u003eSelective Laser Sintering (SLS)\u003c\/strong\u003e from glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide. The material is strong, heat resistant, chemical resistant, and slightly flexible, making it better suited to repeated installation and normal interior use than an aged factory bezel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style replacement for the factory automatic 4WD shifter bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003e4WD automatic-transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial SLS 3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, heat-resistant, and chemical-resistant construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlight material flexibility helps reduce cracking during normal use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory-style shape and mounting geometry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using the original mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied raw and intended to be painted for the closest factory-style interior color match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelective Laser Sintering fuses powdered material into a dimensionally consistent finished component without the pronounced filament layer lines associated with conventional FDM printing. The glass-fiber-reinforced polyamide construction provides the rigidity needed to maintain bezel geometry while retaining enough resilience for installation and regular cabin use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll applications require: 4WD and automatic transmission.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Center automatic shifter bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Center automatic shifter bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4WD automatic-transmission applications only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended for manual-transmission shifter configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original factory mounting locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied raw and requires painting for an accurate factory-style interior color match.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaw material color may vary between black, gray, or white depending on current production material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic 4WD Shifter Bezel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Process:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective Laser Sintering (SLS)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paintable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White depending on production material\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrivetrain:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e New\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aftermarket \/ OEM-Style Replacement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduction \u0026amp; Lead Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order for quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical lead time: 3–4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint \u0026amp; Color Matching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe raw bezel should be finished before installation for the closest match to the surrounding factory Toyota interior. Common SEM Color Coat choices for these interior colors include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray: SEM 17223 Very Dark Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrown: SEM 15483 Bluebird Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed: SEM 15273 Napa Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue: SEM 15043 Shadow Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Correct Center Shifter Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bezel is specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003e4WD automatic-transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e layout. Vehicles with a manual transmission require a different bezel; see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/manual-shifter-bezel-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlintstone Fab Manual Shifter Bezel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e rather than adapting the automatic bezel. If the removable storage pocket used with the center shifter trim is also cracked or missing, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/shifter-bezel-center-console-pocket-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShifter Bezel \/ Center Console Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e is available separately. The pocket is an optional restoration component and is not required simply to replace this bezel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Automatic 4WD shifter bezel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52260578918709,"sku":"293","price":155.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/flintstone-fab-automatic-4wd-shifter-bezel-1984-89-4runner-pickup-01.png?v=1790018315"},{"product_id":"a-pillar-panels-1984-89-4runner-pickup","title":"A-Pillar Trim Panel Set (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFlintstone Fab A-Pillar Interior Trim Panel Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis\u003cstrong\u003e A-Pillar Interior Trim Panel Set\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces cracked, brittle, damaged, or missing factory A-pillar trim on 1st Gen Toyota 4Runners and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickups. Each set includes the left- and right-side panels for a complete front pillar-trim replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels reproduce the factory-style A-pillar shape and are supplied ready for primer and paint so they can be finished to match the surrounding Toyota interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete left- and right-side A-pillar interior trim panel pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style replacement for aging factory pillar trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the original A-pillar interior locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied ready for primer and paint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the factory-style retaining hardware arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting or permanent interior modification required for normal installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for restoration of cracked, missing, or damaged original trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Interior A-Pillar Trim – Left \u0026amp; Right Sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Interior A-Pillar Trim – Left \u0026amp; Right Sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces both factory interior A-pillar trim panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation uses the original pillar-trim mounting locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA complete installation uses \u003cstrong\u003efour retaining clips and two clamps\u003c\/strong\u003e across both sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetaining clips and clamps are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thin trim-removal tool is recommended when removing the original panels so the mounting tabs and clips can be released without unnecessary damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanels are supplied ready for primer and paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e A-Pillar Interior Trim Panel Set\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interior \/ Left \u0026amp; Right A-Pillar\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Side Pair\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ready for Primer \u0026amp; Paint\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM-Style Replacement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory-Style Mounting Locations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduction \u0026amp; Lead Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order for quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical lead time: 3–4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompleting a 4Runner Pillar-Trim Restoration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn 1984–1989 4Runners, the A-pillar panels are only one part of the visible pillar trim inside the cabin. If the rear pillar trim is also cracked, faded, or missing, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/b-pillar-trim-panels-84-89-toyota-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eB-Pillar Interior Trim Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e is available separately for the 1st Gen 4Runner. That panel is a separate 4Runner-only restoration part and is not required to install this A-pillar set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side A-pillar interior trim panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side A-pillar interior trim panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetaining clips and clamps are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52321307197749,"sku":"749","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/flintstone-fab-a-pillar-trim-panel-set-1984-89-4runner-1984-88-pickup-01.png?v=1790018737"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-caddy-heavy-duty-idler-arm-4wd-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Total Chaos Caddy Heavy-Duty Idler Arm | 4WD (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos Caddy Heavy-Duty Idler Arm\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner 4WD and Toyota Pickup 4WD\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos Caddy Heavy-Duty Idler Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e is an upgraded steering assembly designed to replace the wear-prone factory idler arm on 1986–1995 Toyota 4WD Pickups and 4Runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory idler arms can develop excessive play as their internal components wear, a problem that becomes more noticeable on off-road trucks and vehicles running larger tires. The Caddy Idler Arm replaces the factory assembly with a reinforced, fully rebuildable design using \u003cstrong\u003edouble-stacked sealed roller bearings\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved steering stability and response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembly features heavy-duty chromoly construction, precision laser-cut mounting brackets, and a durable black Cerakote finish. It installs at the factory idler-arm location and does \u003cstrong\u003enot require a long-travel suspension system or relocation bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty replacement for the factory Toyota idler arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps eliminate steering play caused by a worn factory assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves steering response, particularly with larger tires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully rebuildable internal design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-stacked sealed roller bearings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty chromoly construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable black Cerakote finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision laser-cut mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\/4-inch Grade 8 through-bolt with inner sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled for installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Bearing Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory idler arm can loosen as its internal components wear, introducing unwanted movement into the steering linkage. The Caddy assembly replaces the wear-prone factory design with a \u003cstrong\u003edouble-stacked sealed roller-bearing system\u003c\/strong\u003e built to better withstand steering loads, off-road impacts, and repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembly is also fully rebuildable, allowing its internal wear components to be serviced rather than requiring replacement of the entire idler arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4WD – Steering Idler Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4WD – Steering Idler Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4WD – Steering Idler Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4WD – Steering Idler Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4WD applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable for \u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand-drive and right-hand-drive\u003c\/strong\u003e vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts at the factory idler-arm location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo long-travel suspension system required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo idler-arm relocation bracket required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation requires the centerlink idler-arm hole to be enlarged to \u003cstrong\u003e5\/8 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied pre-assembled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement and rebuild components are serviceable separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Fabrication\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-Duty Steering Idler Arm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e Caddy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Steering\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chromoly Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBearing Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-Stacked Sealed Roller Bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Cerakote\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grade 8\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThrough-Bolt Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4 Inch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully Rebuildable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Idler-Arm Location\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeft-Hand Drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Assembled LHD Caddy Idler Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRight-Hand Drive\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Assembled RHD Caddy Idler Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"LHD","offer_id":52334834090293,"sku":"297","price":664.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"RHD","offer_id":52334834123061,"sku":"305","price":664.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/total-chaos-caddy-idler-arm-lhd-01_ff169ab2-3b4c-404c-be7f-827541389c15.png?v=1790364907"},{"product_id":"shifter-bezel-center-console-pocket-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Shifter Bezel \/ Center Console Pocket (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eShifter Bezel \/ Center Console Pocket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup interiors originally equipped with the factory shifter-bezel storage pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Flintstone Fab shifter-bezel \/ center-console pocket is an OEM-style replacement for the factory storage pocket used in 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup interiors. It recreates the original pocket shape and mounting geometry while replacing brittle aged plastic with a modern SLS 3D-printed construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitment is determined by the vehicle's original center-console and shifter-bezel layout. The pocket works with the applicable manual and automatic transmission interiors and, on Toyota Pickup applications, with both 2WD and 4WD when this factory pocket configuration is present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOEM-style shifter-bezel storage pocket replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) 3D-printed construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced polyamide material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant, slightly flexible construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory-style dimensions and mounting geometry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit installation using the original mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaintable for factory-style interior color matching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – 4WD – Manual or Automatic – Factory Shifter-Bezel Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 2WD – Manual or Automatic – Factory Shifter-Bezel Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Manual or Automatic – Factory Shifter-Bezel Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe vehicle must use this factory shifter-bezel pocket layout.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits the applicable manual and automatic transmission interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToyota Pickup applications include both 2WD and 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll 1984–1989 1st Gen 4Runner applications are 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original factory mounting locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied raw and should be painted for the closest factory interior color match.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaw material may be black, gray, or white depending on current material availability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shifter-Bezel \/ Center-Console Storage Pocket\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyamide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Process:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective Laser Sintering (SLS)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw \/ Paintable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaw Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Gray, or White depending on current material availability\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransmission:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual or Automatic\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrivetrain:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4Runner 4WD; Pickup 2WD or 4WD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e New\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aftermarket \/ OEM-Style Replacement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduction \u0026amp; Lead Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order for quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical lead time: 3–4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint \u0026amp; Color Matching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the closest match to the surrounding factory interior, paint the pocket before installation. Common SEM Interior Trim Paint matches include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGray:\u003c\/strong\u003e Very Dark Pewter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bluebird Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Napa Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shadow Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShifter Bezel Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe center-console pocket can be paired with the appropriate complete shifter bezel when the surrounding factory trim also needs replacement. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/manual-shifter-bezel-front-pocket-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual Shifter Bezel w\/ Front Pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — complete manual-transmission bezel option with integrated front pocket. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/manual-shifter-bezel-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual Shifter Bezel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — complete manual-transmission bezel replacement. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/products\/automatic-shifter-bezel-1984-89-4runner-1984-88-pickup\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Shifter Bezel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — complete automatic-transmission bezel replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Shifter-bezel \/ center-console storage pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52353174700341,"sku":null,"price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-3_no_sat.png?v=1778604575"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-lower-ball-joint-uniball-conversion-4wd-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Total Chaos Lower Ball Joint Uniball Conversion | 4WD (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos Lower Ball Joint Uniball Conversion Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Toyota Pickup 4WD\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos Lower Ball Joint Uniball Conversion Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the factory lower ball joints on 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Pickup 4WD suspension systems that retain the factory spindle geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for demanding off-road use, the conversion replaces the factory ball-joint connection with \u003cstrong\u003e1-inch stainless steel uniballs and CNC-machined 4130 chromoly billet adapters\u003c\/strong\u003e. The upgraded joint provides increased strength and articulation while retaining the original spindle mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is well suited for vehicles subjected to aggressive terrain, larger tires, and upgraded suspension components where additional strength at the lower spindle connection is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConverts factory lower ball joints to \u003cstrong\u003e1-inch uniballs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCNC-machined \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly billet\u003c\/strong\u003e lower uniball cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-treated stainless steel uniball construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePTFE-lined uniballs for smooth articulation and reduced operating noise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-treated \u003cstrong\u003e17-4 stainless steel high-misalignment spacers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased strength and articulation for off-road suspension use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for suspension systems retaining factory spindle geometry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom tapered-head Grade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete driver- and passenger-side conversion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService replacement components available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUniball Conversion Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe conversion replaces the factory lower ball joint with a high-strength spherical uniball assembly designed to withstand increased suspension loads and articulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach adapter is CNC machined from \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly billet\u003c\/strong\u003e and bolts to the factory spindle location. The 1-inch stainless steel uniballs use a PTFE liner to promote smooth movement while reducing noise, and the supplied high-misalignment spacers allow the joint to articulate through the required suspension range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the system retains the factory spindle configuration, it can also be used with aftermarket suspension systems designed around the original Toyota spindle geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – 4WD – Front Lower Ball Joint\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Front Lower Ball Joint\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Front Lower Ball Joint\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen – 4WD – Front Lower Ball Joint\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4WD models only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not fit 2WD models\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for suspension systems that retain the factory spindle geometry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower control arm tapered hole must be \u003cstrong\u003edrilled to 3\/4 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation requires modification of the lower control arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional installation is recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Fabrication\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lower Ball Joint Uniball Conversion Kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front \/ Lower\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrivetrain:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniball Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Inch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniball Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniball Liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e PTFE\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdapter Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-Machined 4130 Chromoly Billet\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpacer Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat-Treated 17-4 Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Tapered-Head Grade 8\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Lower Ball Joint to Uniball Conversion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4-Inch Lower Control Arm Hole\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Driver \u0026amp; Passenger Side Pair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) 4130 chromoly lower uniball cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) 1-inch stainless steel PTFE-lined uniballs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upper high-misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Lower high-misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Uniball snap rings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52354981495093,"sku":"301","price":638.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/total-chaos-lower-ball-joint-uniball-kit-01_9dc42958-fc94-4d2e-a3a3-572f0bcfe247.png?v=1790365122"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-heim-joint-tie-rod-kit-4wd-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Total Chaos Heim Joint Tie Rod Kit | 4WD (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos Heim Joint Tie Rod Steering Upgrade Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Toyota Pickup 4WD with Total Chaos Long Travel Suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos Heim Joint Tie Rod Steering Upgrade Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed specifically for 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Pickup 4WD models equipped with \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos long travel front suspension systems\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncreasing suspension width and wheel travel places additional demands on the factory steering linkage. This kit replaces the OEM inner and outer tie rod ends with extended \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly tie rods and 3\/4-inch heim joints\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing the range of articulation and steering strength required for Total Chaos long travel geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA weld-on double-shear steering arm gusset reinforces the steering connection and helps reduce flex under demanding off-road loads. This is a dedicated long travel steering system and is \u003cstrong\u003enot intended for factory-width suspension or non-Total Chaos long travel kits\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos long travel suspension systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended chromoly tie rods accommodate increased suspension width and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/4-inch 4130 chromoly heim joints\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft-hand and right-hand threaded heims for adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-angle heim joints provide increased steering articulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated chromoly tie rods for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeld-on double-shear steering arm gusset reinforces the steering connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-misalignment spacers support increased joint articulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete driver- and passenger-side steering upgrade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeim Joint Steering Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory inner and outer tie rod ends are replaced with high-strength heim joints engineered to operate through the increased range of motion created by Total Chaos long travel suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system uses \u003cstrong\u003eextended 4130 chromoly tie rods and 3\/4-inch chromoly heims\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide the additional length, articulation, and strength required by the wider suspension geometry. Left- and right-hand threaded joints allow steering adjustment without removing the tie rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA laser-cut weld-on gusset converts the steering-arm mounting point to a reinforced \u003cstrong\u003edouble-shear configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e, improving support around the heim joint connection during aggressive off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – 4WD – Total Chaos Long Travel Front Suspension – Front Steering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Total Chaos Long Travel Front Suspension – Front Steering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Total Chaos Long Travel Front Suspension – Front Steering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen – 4WD – Total Chaos Long Travel Front Suspension – Front Steering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Total Chaos long travel suspension systems only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4WD applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not fit factory-width suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not fit non-Total Chaos long travel suspension systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeld-on steering arm gusset installation is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional installation and steering alignment are recommended after installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Fabrication\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heim Joint Tie Rod Steering Upgrade Kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Steering\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrivetrain:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Long Travel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTie Rod Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4130 Chromoly Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTie Rod Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zinc Plated\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeim Joint Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4 Inch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeim Joint Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4130 Chromoly Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeim Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Left-Hand \u0026amp; Right-Hand Thread\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTapered Sleeve Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 Inch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteering Arm Reinforcement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weld-On Double-Shear Gusset\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grade 8\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modified \/ Weld-On Steering Gusset Required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Extended chromoly tie rods with heim joint upgrade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Weld-on steering arm gusset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Left-hand-thread heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Right-hand high-angle heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) 1\/2-inch tapered sleeves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Heim spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(4) High-misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52359752253749,"sku":"303","price":638.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/total-chaos-heim-joint-tie-rod-kit-01_f9f8f16d-b494-4a9f-9393-a9a852ea7358.png?v=1790365175"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-king-kong-steering-system-pitman-arm-4wd-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Total Chaos King Kong Heavy-Duty Steering System w\/ Pitman Arm | 4WD (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos King Kong Heavy-Duty Steering System Upgrade with Pitman Arm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Toyota Pickup 4WD with Caddy Idler Arm \u0026amp; Heim Joint Tie Rod Steering\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos King Kong Heavy-Duty Steering System Upgrade\u003c\/strong\u003e reinforces key steering linkage components on 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Pickup 4WD models equipped with the required Total Chaos steering components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system replaces the standard centerlink and pitman-arm connection with a \u003cstrong\u003egusseted factory-style centerlink, reinforced 4130 chromoly pitman arm, and 3\/4-inch stainless steel uniball\u003c\/strong\u003e. This combination increases steering-linkage strength and helps reduce flex and unwanted movement under demanding off-road loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upgraded centerlink retains the factory mounting location while the rebuildable uniball connection provides additional articulation for modified steering and long travel suspension applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty \u003cstrong\u003eKing Kong steering system\u003c\/strong\u003e upgrade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGusseted factory-style centerlink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly pitman arm\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\/4-inch stainless steel uniball\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePTFE-lined uniball for smooth articulation and reduced operating noise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-treated high-misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for demanding off-road and long travel applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains factory centerlink mounting location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully rebuildable design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Centerlink \u0026amp; Pitman Arm Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upgraded centerlink and pitman arm strengthen critical points in the Toyota steering linkage that can experience increased loads when larger tires, increased suspension travel, and aggressive off-road driving are introduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pitman arm is reinforced using \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly construction\u003c\/strong\u003e and incorporates a pre-installed 3\/4-inch stainless steel uniball with a PTFE liner. Heat-treated high-misalignment spacers allow the joint to operate through the required steering range while maintaining a strong connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gusseted centerlink retains the factory-style mounting arrangement, allowing the system to reinforce the steering linkage without relocating the primary mounting location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – 4WD – Caddy Idler Arm \u0026amp; Heim Joint Tie Rod Steering – Front Steering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Caddy Idler Arm \u0026amp; Heim Joint Tie Rod Steering – Front Steering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Caddy Idler Arm \u0026amp; Heim Joint Tie Rod Steering – Front Steering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen – 4WD – Caddy Idler Arm \u0026amp; Heim Joint Tie Rod Steering – Front Steering\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4WD applications only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRequires a Total Chaos Caddy idler arm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRequires heim joint tie rods\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to integrate with the corresponding upgraded steering and long travel suspension configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA pitman arm core is required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional installation and steering alignment are recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Fabrication\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e King Kong\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-Duty Steering System Upgrade\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Steering\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrivetrain:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCenterlink Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gusseted Factory-Style\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePitman Arm Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4130 Chromoly Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniball Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4 Inch I.D.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniball Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniball Liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e PTFE\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpacers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat-Treated High-Misalignment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grade 8\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully Rebuildable\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Centerlink Mounting Location\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCore Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pitman Arm Core Required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) King Kong 4WD gusseted centerlink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) King Kong 4WD chromoly pitman arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Pre-installed 3\/4-inch stainless steel PTFE-lined uniball\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Pre-installed uniball snap ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) High-misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52375837835573,"sku":"304","price":997.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/total-chaos-king-kong-steering-system-pitman-arm-01_3cdeb439-3a65-456e-81e9-3eb470cefc17.png?v=1790365214"},{"product_id":"rocker-panel-retainer-clips-grommets-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Rocker Panel Retainer Clips \u0026 Grommets (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOEM-Style Rocker Panel Retainer Clips \u0026amp; Grommets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Toyota Pickup Rocker Panel Molding\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-Style Rocker Panel Retainer Clips \u0026amp; Grommets\u003c\/strong\u003e are direct-fit replacements for worn, brittle, or broken factory fasteners used to secure the rocker panel molding on Toyota 4Runner and Pickup models listed below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal rocker molding clips commonly become fragile with age and may crack during trim removal or installation. These replacements recreate the factory-style mounting geometry while using modern reinforced materials for improved durability and secure trim retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple purchase configurations are available, including \u003cstrong\u003e5 clips with grommets, 10 clips with grommets, or a 10-pack of replacement grommets only\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style replacement rocker panel molding retainers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit design for factory mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced \u003cstrong\u003ePA12 nylon clip construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-fiber reinforcement increases structural strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible \u003cstrong\u003eTPU grommets\u003c\/strong\u003e provide secure engagement with the body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps restore proper rocker panel molding alignment and retention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in multiple clip and grommet quantities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe retainer clips are 3D printed from \u003cstrong\u003eglass-fiber-reinforced PA12 nylon\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a strong but slightly resilient replacement for aging factory plastic retainers. The reinforced material offers improved resistance to cracking, heat, and long-term deterioration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mating grommets are produced from \u003cstrong\u003eflexible TPU\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing them to conform during installation while maintaining a secure connection between the retainer clip and factory body mounting location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – Rocker Panel Molding Retainer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – Rocker Panel Molding Retainer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – Rocker Panel Molding Retainer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen – Rocker Panel Molding Retainer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for factory-style rocker panel molding mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for worn, damaged, or missing factory retainers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting or permanent vehicle modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinor sanding or fit adjustment may be required depending on the condition of the rocker panel and original mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rocker Panel Molding Retainer Clips \u0026amp; Grommets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClip Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced PA12 Nylon\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrommet Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flexible TPU\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Process:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3D Printed Retainer Clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Rocker Panel Molding\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e No Cutting or Permanent Modification\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e New\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aftermarket \/ OEM-Style Replacement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduction \u0026amp; Lead Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order for quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical lead time: 3–4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Clips + 5 Grommets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(5) Rocker panel retainer clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(5) Flexible TPU grommets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Clips + 10 Grommets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(10) Rocker panel retainer clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(10) Flexible TPU grommets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Grommets Only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(10) Flexible TPU replacement grommets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetainer clips not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"5","offer_id":52386545664309,"sku":"308","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10","offer_id":52386545697077,"sku":"309","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Rubber Grommets Only","offer_id":52386545729845,"sku":"311","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/rocker-panel-retainer-clips-five-pack-01.png?v=1789861517"},{"product_id":"front-grille-clips-1984-88-pickup-1984-89-4runner","title":"Front Grille Clips (1984-89 4Runner \/ 1984-88 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFront Grille Clips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner and 1984–1988 Toyota Pickup Front Grille \/ Headlight Housing Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFront Grille Clips\u003c\/strong\u003e are OEM-style replacement retainers for worn, brittle, or missing factory clips used around the front grille and headlight housing assemblies on 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner and 2nd Gen Toyota Pickup models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set includes \u003cstrong\u003e10 clips\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eglass-fiber-reinforced nylon\u003c\/strong\u003e. The material combines rigidity with enough resilience for repeated installation and removal while retaining the factory-style mounting geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10-piece replacement clip set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style front grille and headlight housing retainers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-fiber-reinforced nylon construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for factory-style mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for grille removal, restoration, and headlight-area service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable when removed carefully during future service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clips use \u003cstrong\u003eglass-fiber-reinforced nylon\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide a strong, durable replacement for aging factory plastic retainers. The reinforced material helps resist cracking and heat-related degradation while maintaining the shape required for secure engagement with the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1989 Toyota 4Runner – 1st Gen – Front Grille \/ Headlight Housing Retainer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1984–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – Front Grille \/ Headlight Housing Retainer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls in the factory front grille and headlight housing mounting locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo cutting, trimming, or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Grille \/ Headlight Housing Retainer Clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Nylon\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle Specific \/ Direct Fit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Grille and Headlight Housing Retention\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory Mounting Locations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e No Cutting, Trimming, or Permanent Modification\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 Clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e New\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aftermarket \/ OEM-Style Replacement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduction \u0026amp; Lead Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to order for quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical lead time: 3–4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(10) Front grille \/ headlight housing retainer clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Flintstone Fab","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52386576695605,"sku":"400","price":20.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/front-grille-clips-1984-89-4runner-1984-88-pickup-01.png?v=1789961091"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-gen-ii-caddy-weld-on-shock-hoop-kit-4wd-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Total Chaos Gen II Caddy Weld-On Shock Hoop Kit | 4WD (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos Gen II Caddy Weld-On Shock Hoop Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Toyota Pickup 4WD Long Travel Suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos Gen II Caddy Weld-On Shock Hoop Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a reinforced upper mounting system for converting 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Pickup 4WD front suspension to an \u003cstrong\u003e8-inch-travel, 2.5-inch coilover shock configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePre-bent \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly main hoops\u003c\/strong\u003e, laser-cut reinforcement plates, support tubes, and gussets create a substantially stronger shock mounting structure than the factory arrangement. The system is designed for long travel suspension applications where proper coilover positioning and chassis reinforcement are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shock hoops support \u003cstrong\u003eKing, FOX, and Sway-A-Way 2.5-inch coilovers\u003c\/strong\u003e and include provisions for secondary shocks and remote reservoirs, making the kit suitable for performance-oriented off-road suspension builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-bent \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly shock hoops\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003e8-inch-travel, 2.5-inch coilover shocks\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports King, FOX, and Sway-A-Way 2.5-inch coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeld-on chassis installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-cut cross-shaft mounting plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4130 chromoly support tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated secondary shock mounting tabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeld-on remote reservoir mounting tabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame overlay plates distribute suspension loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforcement uprights and gussets strengthen critical mounting areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Coilover Mounting System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary hoops are pre-bent from \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly steel\u003c\/strong\u003e to position 8-inch-travel coilover shocks within the long travel suspension geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCNC laser-cut cross-shaft plates and support components integrate the shock tower into the chassis. Frame overlay plates, upright supports, and gussets distribute suspension loads across a larger section of the frame rather than concentrating force at a single mounting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit also includes secondary shock tabs for dual-shock configurations and reservoir tabs for securely mounting remote reservoirs. These provisions allow the front suspension to be configured for additional damping control when paired with the appropriate shocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – 4WD – Long Travel Front Suspension – Coilover Shock Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Long Travel Front Suspension – Coilover Shock Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Long Travel Front Suspension – Coilover Shock Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen – 4WD – Long Travel Front Suspension – Coilover Shock Mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4WD applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for long travel front suspension systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned around \u003cstrong\u003e8-inch-travel, 2.5-inch coilover shocks\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports King, FOX, and Sway-A-Way 2.5-inch coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWelding is required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoilover shocks are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecondary shocks are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional fabrication and suspension installation are recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Fabrication\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen II Caddy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weld-On Shock Hoop \/ Coilover Mount Kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrivetrain:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4130 Chromoly Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShock Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-Inch-Travel \/ 2.5-Inch Coilover\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShock Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e King, FOX, Sway-A-Way\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecondary Shock Capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemote Reservoir Mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Hoop Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-Bent\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReinforcement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Frame Overlay Plates, Uprights \u0026amp; Gussets\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grade 8\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weld-On\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Gen II Caddy main shock hoops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Gen II Caddy support tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(4) 1-1\/2-inch x 2-inch bosses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(8) Reservoir mounting tabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Brake line tab\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(8) Shock hoop tabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side front upright with notch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side front upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Driver-side rear upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Passenger-side rear upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Cross-shaft plane uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Frame overlay plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Upright gussets with holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52388854923573,"sku":"310","price":822.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/ChatGPTImageSep24_2026_05_41_56PM_40c30be7-9cfb-460d-8f99-31a7efab86c6.png?v=1790365456"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-weld-on-front-frame-truss-4wd-1986-95-pickup","title":"Total Chaos Weld-On Front Frame Truss | 4WD (1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos Weld-On Front Frame Truss\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota Pickup 4WD\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Total Chaos Weld-On Front Frame Truss is a vehicle-specific chassis reinforcement designed for 1986–1995 Toyota Pickup 4WD models equipped with independent front suspension. It reinforces the front frame between the rear lower control arm pivot points, an area subjected to substantial loading during hard off-road use and harsh suspension bottom-outs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, the truss ties the lower control arm pivot area together to help resist frame spread and maintain proper suspension mounting geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo vehicle-specific versions are offered: \u003cstrong\u003e1986–1988\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1989–1995\u003c\/strong\u003e. Select the configuration that matches the vehicle's model year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-strength \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforces the frame between the rear lower control arm pivots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce frame spread during harsh suspension impacts and bottom-outs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps maintain lower control arm pivot alignment and suspension geometry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific design for Toyota 4WD IFS trucks and 4Runners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in separate \u003cstrong\u003e1986–1988\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e1989–1995\u003c\/strong\u003e configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeld-on installation for permanent structural reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes one frame truss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrame Reinforcement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear lower A-arm pivot area carries significant suspension and vehicle loads. During aggressive off-road driving or severe bottom-outs, these loads can place additional stress on the frame around the control arm mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weld-on truss spans the rear lower control arm pivots to strengthen this section of the chassis and reduce the potential for the pivot points to spread apart under heavy loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – 2nd Gen – 4WD – uses 1986–1988 configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – 3rd Gen – 4WD – uses 1989–1995 configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4WD models only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes not fit 2WD models\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 vehicles require the 1986–1988 configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 vehicles require the 1989–1995 configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding is required for installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional fabrication and welding are recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Fabrication\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weld-On Front Frame Truss\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4130 Chromoly Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Between Rear Lower Control Arm Pivots\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrivetrain:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-Specific Chassis Reinforcement\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weld-On\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e One Frame Truss\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1986–1988 Version\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Weld-On Frame Truss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 1986–1988 1st Gen Toyota 4Runner 4WD\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1989–1995 Version\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(1) Weld-On Frame Truss\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 1989–1995 2nd Gen Toyota 4Runner 4WD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"1986-1988","offer_id":53404552855861,"sku":"312","price":115.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1989-1995","offer_id":53404552888629,"sku":"722","price":115.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/total-chaos-weld-on-front-frame-truss-02.png?v=1790365540"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-9-inch-chromoly-rear-leaf-spring-shackles-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Total Chaos 9-Inch Chromoly Rear Leaf Spring Shackles | 2.5-Inch Springs (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos 9-Inch Chromoly Rear Leaf Spring Shackles\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner with 2.5-Inch-Wide Rear Leaf Springs and 1986–1995 Toyota Pickup 4WD with 2.5-Inch-Wide Rear Leaf Springs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos 9-Inch Chromoly Rear Leaf Spring Shackles\u003c\/strong\u003e are heavy-duty suspension components designed for Toyota 4WD rear leaf spring systems using \u003cstrong\u003e2.5-inch-wide springs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly tubing\u003c\/strong\u003e, the extended 9-inch shackles provide a reinforced connection between the rear leaf spring and chassis for off-road and custom suspension applications. The kit includes urethane bushings, inner and outer sleeves, and Grade 8 hardware for a complete pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese shackles require \u003cstrong\u003ecustom fabrication and suspension setup\u003c\/strong\u003e during installation. Proper shackle angle and rear suspension geometry are critical to safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9-inch overall shackle length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4130 chromoly tubing construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003e2.5-inch-wide rear leaf springs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty replacement for custom rear suspension applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUrethane bushings reduce deflection compared with conventional rubber bushings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner and outer sleeves included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom fabrication required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for off-road and performance-oriented leaf spring suspension systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Leaf Spring Shackle Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shackles are fabricated from \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly tubing\u003c\/strong\u003e for increased strength in demanding rear suspension applications. Their 9-inch extended configuration is intended for custom leaf spring systems where additional shackle length is required as part of the suspension geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour supplied urethane bushings provide controlled movement at the mounting points, while the included inner and outer sleeves complete the shackle pivot assemblies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause extended shackles affect suspension geometry, installation should be based on the complete leaf spring setup rather than shackle length alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – 4WD – 2.5-Inch-Wide Rear Leaf Spring Application\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – Custom 2.5-Inch-Wide Rear Leaf Spring Conversion Only\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – 2.5-Inch-Wide Rear Leaf Spring Application\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen – 4WD – 2.5-Inch-Wide Rear Leaf Spring Application\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003e2.5-inch-wide leaf springs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear suspension application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom fabrication is required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper shackle angle and suspension geometry must be established during installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional suspension fabrication and installation are recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1990–1995 2nd Gen Toyota 4Runner models use rear coil springs from the factory and require a custom leaf spring conversion to use these shackles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Fabrication\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear Leaf Spring Shackles\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4130 Chromoly Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeaf Spring Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBushing Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Urethane\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grade 8\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Fabrication Required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) 9-inch chromoly leaf spring shackles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Inner sleeves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Outer sleeves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(4) Urethane bushings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52397124485429,"sku":"313","price":422.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-1_8ac46614-6898-4fd1-a58a-d03e5635b7de_6d8c3b82-5658-4298-95ec-b8748a50fddd.png?v=1790365585"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-12-inch-chromoly-rear-leaf-spring-shackles-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Total Chaos 12-Inch Chromoly Rear Leaf Spring Shackles | 2.5-Inch Springs (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos 12-Inch Chromoly Rear Leaf Spring Shackles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Toyota Pickup with 2.5-Inch-Wide Rear Leaf Springs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos 12-inch chromoly rear leaf spring shackles\u003c\/strong\u003e are heavy-duty fabrication components for Toyota Pickup and 4Runner rear leaf-spring applications using \u003cstrong\u003e2.5-inch-wide springs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shackles are built from \u003cstrong\u003e4130 chromoly tubing\u003c\/strong\u003e and include urethane bushings, sleeves, and Grade 8 hardware. Installation requires custom fabrication so shackle angle, suspension geometry, and mounting position can be set correctly for the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12-inch rear leaf spring shackles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4130 chromoly steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for 2.5-inch-wide rear leaf springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes urethane bushings and sleeves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom fabrication required for installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Rear – 2.5-Inch-Wide Leaf Spring Application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Rear – Custom 2.5-Inch-Wide Leaf Spring Conversion Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Rear – 2.5-Inch-Wide Leaf Spring Application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen\u003c\/strong\u003e – Rear – 2.5-Inch-Wide Leaf Spring Application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom fabrication is required.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned around 2.5-inch-wide rear leaf spring applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1990–1995 2nd Gen 4Runner requires a rear leaf-spring conversion.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper shackle angle, suspension geometry, and mounting location must be established during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a bolt-on replacement for a stock-length factory shackle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear Leaf Spring Shackle\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4130 Chromoly Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeaf Spring Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBushing Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Urethane\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grade 8\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom Fabrication Required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) 12-inch chromoly rear leaf spring shackles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Inner sleeves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Outer sleeves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(4) Urethane bushings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52397228851509,"sku":"314","price":422.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/Untitled-1_41eff695-c5c3-4ed0-932f-c72b136f5173.png?v=1790365633"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-rear-u-bolt-relocation-plates-2-5-inch-springs-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Total Chaos Rear U-Bolt Relocation Plates | 2.5-Inch Springs (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos Heavy-Duty U-Bolt Relocation Plates\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Toyota Pickup 4WD with 2.5-Inch-Wide 62-Inch Rear Leaf Springs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos Heavy-Duty U-Bolt Relocation Plates\u003c\/strong\u003e are designed for Toyota 4WD rear suspension setups using \u003cstrong\u003e2.5-inch-wide aftermarket 62-inch leaf springs in a spring-under-axle configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese reinforced rear U-bolt plates improve support at the axle and leaf spring mounting point while protecting the U-bolt nuts from trail and off-road impacts. A welded gusset strengthens each plate, while a recessed center-pin pocket helps locate the leaf spring and resist unwanted movement under suspension load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach plate is finished in \u003cstrong\u003eblack powder coat\u003c\/strong\u003e for corrosion resistance and installs as a bolt-on component when used with the specified spring-under suspension configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty rear leaf spring U-bolt plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003e2.5-inch-wide aftermarket leaf springs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntended for \u003cstrong\u003e62-inch spring-under-axle setups\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelded gusset reinforces each plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecessed leaf spring center-pin pocket helps prevent shifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps shield U-bolt nuts from impact damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports secure leaf spring and axle clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% bolt-on installation\u003c\/strong\u003e with the correct suspension configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced U-Bolt Plate Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe U-bolt plates feature a \u003cstrong\u003egusseted steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to resist bending as the U-bolts are tightened and subjected to rear suspension loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA recessed pocket captures the leaf spring center pin, helping maintain the relationship between the spring and axle during acceleration, articulation, and off-road suspension cycling. The plate design also positions the U-bolt hardware to provide additional protection for the nuts beneath the axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – 4WD – 2.5-Inch-Wide 62-Inch Rear Leaf Springs – Spring-Under-Axle\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Custom 2.5-Inch-Wide 62-Inch Rear Leaf Spring Conversion – Spring-Under-Axle\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – 2.5-Inch-Wide 62-Inch Rear Leaf Springs – Spring-Under-Axle\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen – 4WD – 2.5-Inch-Wide 62-Inch Rear Leaf Springs – Spring-Under-Axle\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4WD applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires \u003cstrong\u003e2.5-inch-wide aftermarket leaf springs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned around a \u003cstrong\u003e62-inch rear leaf spring\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a \u003cstrong\u003espring-under-axle configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot intended for a standard spring-over-axle configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 2nd Gen Toyota 4Runner requires a properly configured rear leaf spring conversion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolt-on installation when used with the correct suspension configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify compatibility when combining components from different aftermarket suspension systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Fabrication\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear U-Bolt Relocation Plates\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Powder Coat\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeaf Spring Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeaf Spring Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpring Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring Under Axle\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gusseted \/ Recessed Center-Pin Pocket\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt-On\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Heavy-duty rear U-bolt relocation plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52397247332661,"sku":"315","price":269.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/total-chaos-rear-u-bolt-relocation-plates-01_a67453d6-9d92-4756-be55-713b049e4dcc.png?v=1790365972"},{"product_id":"total-chaos-weld-on-rear-axle-shock-mounts-4wd-1986-95-pickup-4runner","title":"Total Chaos Weld-On Rear Axle Shock Mounts | 4WD (1986-95 4Runner \/ 1986-95 Pickup)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTotal Chaos Weld-On Rear Axle Shock Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Toyota Pickup 4WD Rear Axle Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTotal Chaos Weld-On Rear Axle Shock Mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e are heavy-duty lower shock mounting brackets designed for 1986–1995 Toyota 4Runner and Pickup 4WD rear axle applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003elaser-cut 1\/4-inch steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, each mount is pre-welded with integrated gussets to reinforce the lower shock attachment point and help protect the shock rod end during aggressive off-road use. The mounts reposition the lower shock eyelet approximately \u003cstrong\u003e7 inches above the axle housing\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing improved shock placement for custom and long-travel rear suspension systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mounts are designed around \u003cstrong\u003e3-inch-diameter axle housings\u003c\/strong\u003e and require welding for installation. They can be modified by grinding to accommodate larger axle housings when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-cut \u003cstrong\u003e1\/4-inch-thick steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-welded integrated gussets for structural reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepositions the lower shock eyelet approximately \u003cstrong\u003e7 inches off the axle housing\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps protect lower shock rod ends from trail and impact damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for custom and long-travel rear suspension setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned around \u003cstrong\u003e3-inch axle housings\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be modified to accommodate larger axle housings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports rod-end-style lower shock mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrade 8 mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforced Rear Shock Mounting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory-style lower shock mounts can leave the shock attachment point vulnerable during aggressive off-road use. These reinforced mounts provide a stronger mounting structure while repositioning the shock for custom suspension geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bracket incorporates welded gussets and a heavy 1\/4-inch steel construction. The raised lower mounting position can provide additional clearance around the axle and allows the shock angle to be configured for performance-oriented rear suspension systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause shock angle, travel, and mounting position affect suspension operation, final placement should be determined as part of the complete rear suspension setup before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota 4Runner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1989 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e1st Gen – 4WD – Rear Axle Shock Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1990–1995 Toyota 4Runner – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Rear Axle Shock Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Pickup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1986–1988 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e2nd Gen – 4WD – Rear Axle Shock Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1989–1995 Toyota Pickup – \u003cstrong\u003e3rd Gen – 4WD – Rear Axle Shock Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4WD applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear axle application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned around \u003cstrong\u003e3-inch-diameter axle housings\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be ground to fit larger axle housings when required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for rod-end-style lower shock mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWelding is required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal shock position and angle must be established during installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional suspension fabrication and welding are recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Total Chaos Fabrication\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weld-On Rear Axle Shock Mounts\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear \/ Lower Shock Mount\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 Inch\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAxle Housing Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLower Shock Position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 7 Inches Above Axle Housing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gusseted \/ Weld-On\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Welding Required\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) Weld-on rear shock mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) 1\/2\"-20 × 3.5\" Grade 8 zinc bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(4) 1\/2\"-20 AN washers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(2) 1\/2\"-20 nylon lock nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(4) 1\/4-inch rod-end spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e(4) 3\/8-inch rod-end spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Total Chaos","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52397260144949,"sku":"316","price":249.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/files\/total-chaos-weld-on-rear-axle-shock-mounts-01_30f725d2-7b26-4dec-9fbe-80a692f3898e.png?v=1790366039"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/6005\/8421\/collections\/pickup_photo_2_63bac242-af78-4dd6-a00a-f79dd536193d.png?v=1790284041","url":"https:\/\/preserverad.com\/collections\/2nd-gen-toyota-pickup-parts-1984-1988.oembed?page=9","provider":"Preserve Rad","version":"1.0","type":"link"}